OpenHAB
/
openhab-docs
mirror of https://github.com/openhab/openhab-docs.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Updated external content (Jenkins build 145)

pull/1580/head
openHAB Build Server 2020-12-19 13:24:59 +00:00
parent b8175f957f
commit 462c7a7799
1182 changed files with 17080 additions and 8550 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2
.vuepress/thing-types.json
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

17
_addons_automation/groovyscripting/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
---
id: groovyscripting
label: Groovy Scripting
title: Groovy Scripting - Automation
type: automation
description: "This add-on provides support for [Groovy](https://groovy-lang.org/) 3.x scripts in openHAB."
since: 3x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Groovy Scripting
This add-on provides support for [Groovy](https://groovy-lang.org/) 3.x scripts in openHAB.

19
_addons_automation/jythonscripting/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
---
id: jythonscripting
label: Jython Scripting
title: Jython Scripting - Automation
type: automation
description: "This addon provides a [Jython](https://www.jython.org/) 2.7.2 for use with scripted automation and eliminates the need to download Jython and create `EXTRA_JAVA_OPTS` entries for `bootclasspath`, `python.home` and `python.path`."
since: 3x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Jython Scripting
This addon provides a [Jython](https://www.jython.org/) 2.7.2 for use with scripted automation and eliminates the need to download Jython and create `EXTRA_JAVA_OPTS` entries for `bootclasspath`, `python.home` and `python.path`.
The `python.home` System property will be set to the path of the add-on.
The `python.path` System property will be set to `$OPENHAB_CONF/automation/lib/python`, but any existing `python.path` will be appended to it.

3
_addons_bindings/energenie/readme.md
View File

@ -24,8 +24,7 @@ The Binding supports PM2-LAN, PMS-LAN, PMS2-LAN or PMS-WLAN power extenders as w
## Discovery
Gembird energenie devices don't support autodiscovery.
All Things need to be created manually either in PaperUI or within Things files.
Gembird energenie devices don't support autodiscovery, all Things need to be created manually.
## Binding Configuration

1
_addons_bindings/http/readme.md
View File

@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ It can be extended with different channels.
| `baseURL` | no | - | The base URL for this thing. Can be extended in channel-configuration. |
| `refresh` | no | 30 | Time in seconds between two refresh calls for the channels of this thing. |
| `timeout` | no | 3000 | Timeout for HTTP requests in ms. |
| `bufferSize` | no | 2048 | The buffer size for the response data (in kB). |
| `username` | yes | - | Username for authentication (advanced parameter). |
| `password` | yes | - | Password for authentication (advanced parameter). |
| `authMode` | no | BASIC | Authentication mode, `BASIC` or `DIGEST` (advanced parameter). |

74
_addons_bindings/miio/readme.md
View File

@ -1009,9 +1009,9 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
|------------------|---------|-------------------------------------|------------|
| vacuumaction | String | Vacuum Action | |
| BatteryLevel | Number | Battery-Battery Level | |
| ChargingState | Number | Battery-Charging State | Value mapping [1="Charging",2="Not Charging",4="Charging",5="Go Charging"] |
| Fault | Number | Robot Cleaner-Device Fault | Value mapping [0="No faults"] |
| Status | Number | Robot Cleaner-Status | Value mapping [1="Sweeping",2="Idle",3="Paused",4="Error",5="Go Charging",6="Charging"] |
| ChargingState | Number | Battery-Charging State | Value mapping ["1"="Charging","2"="Not Charging","4"="Charging","5"="Go Charging"] |
| Fault | Number | Robot Cleaner-Device Fault | Value mapping ["0"="No faults"] |
| Status | Number | Robot Cleaner-Status | Value mapping ["1"="Sweeping","2"="Idle","3"="Paused","4"="Error","5"="Go Charging","6"="Charging"] |
| BrushLeftTime | Number:Time | Main Cleaning Brush-Brush Left Time | |
| BrushLifeLevel | Number | Main Cleaning Brush-Brush Life Level | |
| FilterLifeLevel | Number | Filter - Filter Life Level | |
@ -1021,13 +1021,13 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| WorkMode | Number | clean-workmode | |
| Area | String | clean-area | |
| Timer | String | clean-timer | |
| Mode | Number | clean-mode | Value mapping [0="quiet",1="standard",2="medium",3="strong"] |
| Mode | Number | clean-mode | Value mapping ["0"="quiet","1"="standard","2"="medium","3"="strong"] |
| TotalCleanTime | Number:Time | Clean - Total Clean Time | |
| TotalCleanTimes | Number | Clean - Total Clean Times | |
| TotalCleanArea | Number:Area | Clean - Total Clean Area | |
| CleanLogStartTime | Number | Clean - Clean Log Start Time | |
| ButtonLed | Number | Clean - Button Led | |
| TaskDone | Number | Clean - Task Done | Value mapping [0="",1=""] |
| TaskDone | Number | Clean - Task Done | Value mapping ["0"="in progress","1"="done"] |
| LifeSieve | String | Consumable - Life Sieve | |
| LifeBrushSide | String | Consumable - Life Brush Side | |
| LifeBrushMain | String | Consumable - Life Brush Main | |
@ -1043,10 +1043,10 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| Channel | Type | Description | Comment |
|------------------|---------|-------------------------------------|------------|
| status | Number | Robot Cleaner - Status | Value mapping [1="Sweeping",2="Idle",3="Paused",4="Error",5="Go Charging",6="Charging"] |
| fault | Number | Robot Cleaner - Device Fault | Value mapping [0="No Faults"] |
| status | Number | Robot Cleaner - Status | Value mapping ["1"="Sweeping","2"="Idle","3"="Paused","4"="Error","5"="Go Charging","6"="Charging"] |
| fault | Number | Robot Cleaner - Device Fault | Value mapping ["0"="No Faults"] |
| battery-level | Number | Battery - Battery Level | |
| charging-state | Number | Battery - Charging State | Value mapping [1="Charging",2="Not Charging",5="Go Charging"] |
| charging-state | Number | Battery - Charging State | Value mapping ["1"="Charging","2"="Not Charging","5"="Go Charging"] |
| brush-left-time | Number:Time | Main Cleaning Brush - Brush Left Time | |
| brush-life-level | Number:Dimensionless | Main Cleaning Brush - Brush Life Level | |
| brush-left-time1 | Number:Time | Side Cleaning Brush - Brush Left Time | |
@ -1056,12 +1056,12 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| work-mode | Number | Vacuum Extend - Work Mode | |
| cleaning-time | Number:Time | Vacuum Extend - Cleaning Time | |
| cleaning-area | Number:Area | Vacuum Extend - Cleaning Area | |
| cleaning-mode | Number | Vacuum Extend - Cleaning Mode | Value mapping [0="",1="",2="",3=""] |
| mop-mode | Number | Vacuum Extend - Mop Mode | Value mapping [1="low",2="medium",3="high"] |
| waterbox-status | Number | Vacuum Extend - Waterbox Status | Value mapping [0="",1=""] |
| task-status | Number | Vacuum Extend - Task Status | Value mapping [0="",1=""] |
| break-point-restart | Number | Vacuum Extend - Break Point Restart | Value mapping [0="Off",1="On"] |
| carpet-press | Number | Vacuum Extend - Carpet Press | Value mapping [0="Off",1="On"] |
| cleaning-mode | Number | Vacuum Extend - Cleaning Mode | Value mapping ["0"="mode 0","1"="mode 1","2"="mode 2","3"="mode 3"] |
| mop-mode | Number | Vacuum Extend - Mop Mode | Value mapping ["1"="low water","2"="medium water","3"="high water"] |
| waterbox-status | Number | Vacuum Extend - Waterbox Status | Value mapping ["0"="Status 0","1"="Status 1"] |
| task-status | Number | Vacuum Extend - Task Status | Value mapping ["0"="Status 0","1"="Status 1"] |
| break-point-restart | Number | Vacuum Extend - Break Point Restart | Value mapping ["0"="Off","1"="On"] |
| carpet-press | Number | Vacuum Extend - Carpet Press | Value mapping ["0"="Off","1"="On"] |
| enable | Switch | Do Not Disturb - Enable | |
| start-time | String | Do Not Disturb - Start Time | |
| end-time | String | Do Not Disturb - End Time | |
@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| total-clean-time | Number:Time | Clean Logs - Total Clean Time | |
| total-clean-times | Number | Clean Logs - Total Clean Times | |
| total-clean-area | Number | Clean Logs - Total Clean Area | |
| save-map-status | Number | Vslam Extend - Save Map Status | Value mapping [0="Off",1="On",-1="Not Enabled"] |
| save-map-status | Number | Vslam Extend - Save Map Status | Value mapping ["0"="Off","1"="On","-1"="Not Enabled"] |
### Mi Air Purifier 2S (<a name="zhimi-airpurifier-mb1">zhimi.airpurifier.mb1</a>) Channels
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| on1 | Switch | Fan - Power | |
| fan-level | Number:Dimensionless | Fan - Fan Level | |
| motor-reverse | Switch | Fan - Motor Reverse | |
| mode | Number | Fan - Mode | Value mapping [1="Normal Wind",2="Natural Wind"] |
| mode | Number | Fan - Mode | Value mapping ["1"="Normal Wind","2"="Natural Wind"] |
### HUIZUO Fan Light(2020) (<a name="huayi-light-fanwy2">huayi.light.fanwy2</a>) Channels
@ -1440,13 +1440,13 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| color-temperature | Number:Temperature | Light - Color Temperature | |
| on1 | Switch | Fan - Power | |
| fan-level | Number:Dimensionless | Fan - Fan Level | |
| mode | Number | Fan - Mode | Value mapping [0="Basic",1="Natural Wind"] |
| mode | Number | Fan - Mode | Value mapping ["0"="Basic","1"="Natural Wind"] |
| time-off | Number:Time | Presets - Time Off | |
| pre-colortemp | Number:Temperature | Presets - Pre Colortemp | |
| pre-brightness | Number:Dimensionless | Presets - Pre Brightness | |
| pre-speed | Number:Dimensionless | Presets - Pre Speed | |
| reversal | Number | Presets - Reversal | Value mapping [0="Positive",1="Reverse"] |
| pre-custom | Number | Presets - Pre Custom | Value mapping [0="Switch Off",1="Open"] |
| reversal | Number | Presets - Reversal | Value mapping ["0"="Postitive","1"="Reverse"] |
| pre-custom | Number | Presets - Pre Custom | Value mapping ["0"="Switch Off","1"="Open"] |
| flabellum | Switch | Presets - Flabellum | |
### HUIZUO PEGASUS For Living Room (<a name="huayi-light-peg091">huayi.light.peg091</a>) Channels
@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| brightness | Dimmer | Light - Brightness | |
| color-temperature | Number:Temperature | Light - Color Temperature | |
| on1 | Switch | Heater - Power | |
| fault | Number | Heater - Device Fault | Value mapping [0="No Faults"] |
| fault | Number | Heater - Device Fault | Value mapping ["0"="No Faults"] |
| heat-level | Number | Heater - Heat Level | |
| screenshow | Switch | Other - Screenshow | |
@ -1585,14 +1585,14 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| Channel | Type | Description | Comment |
|------------------|---------|-------------------------------------|------------|
| fault | Number | Curtain - Device Fault | Value mapping [0="No faults"] |
| fault | Number | Curtain - Device Fault | Value mapping ["0"="No faults"] |
| current-position | Number | Curtain - Current Position | |
| status | Number | Curtain - Status | Value mapping [0="Stopped",1="Opening",2="Closing"] |
| status | Number | Curtain - Status | Value mapping ["0"="Stopped","1"="Opening","2"="Closing"] |
| target-position | Number | Curtain - Target Position | |
| manual-enabled | Number | curtain_cfg - Manual Enabled | Value mapping [0="Disable",1="Enable"] |
| polarity | Number | curtain_cfg - Polarity | Value mapping [0="Positive",1="Reverse"] |
| pos-limit | Number | curtain_cfg - Position Limit | Value mapping [0="Unlimit",1="Limit"] |
| en-night-tip-light | Switch | Set Night Tip Light | Value mapping [0="Disable",1="Enable"] |
| manual-enabled | Number | curtain_cfg - Manual Enabled | Value mapping ["0"="Disable","1"="Enable"] |
| polarity | Number | curtain_cfg - Polarity | Value mapping ["0"="Positive","1"="Reverse"] |
| pos-limit | Number | curtain_cfg - Position Limit | Value mapping ["0"="Unlimit","1"="Limit"] |
| en-night-tip-light | Switch | Set Night Tip Light | Value mapping ["0"="Disable","1"="Enable"] |
| run-time | Number | curtain_cfg - Run-time | |
### MR.BOND (<a name="mrbond-airer-m1pro">mrbond.airer.m1pro</a>) Channels
@ -1636,13 +1636,13 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| Channel | Type | Description | Comment |
|------------------|---------|-------------------------------------|------------|
| vacuumaction | String | Vacuum Action | This channel accepts `start`, `stop`, `findme` and `dock`. |
| status | Number | Robot Cleaner - Status | Value mapping [1="Idle",2="Sweeping",3="Paused",4="Error",5="Charging",6="Go Charging"] |
| fault | Number | Robot Cleaner - Device Fault | Value mapping [0="No Faults",1="Left-wheel-error",2="Right-whelel-error",3="Cliff-error",4="Low-battery-error",5="Bump-error",6="Main-brush-error",7="Side-brush-error",8="Fan-motor-error",9="Dustbin-error",10="Charging-error",11="No-wate-error",12="Pick-up-error"] |
| mode | Number | Robot Cleaner - Mode | Value mapping [1="Auto-clean",2="Spot-clean",3="Wallflow-clean"] |
| target-water-level | Number | Robot Cleaner - Target Water Level | Value mapping [1="Level1",2="Level2",3="Level3"] |
| fan-level | Number | Robot Cleaner - Fan Level | Value mapping [0="Silence",1="Stanrd",2="Middle",3="Enchance"] |
| status | Number | Robot Cleaner - Status | Value mapping ["1"="Idle","2"="Sweeping","3"="Paused","4"="Error","5"="Charging","6"="Go Charging"] |
| fault | Number | Robot Cleaner - Device Fault | Value mapping ["0"="No Faults","1"="Left-wheel-error","2"="Right-wheel-error","3"="Cliff-error","4"="Low-battery-error","5"="Bump-error","6"="Main-brush-error","7"="Side-brush-error","8"="Fan-motor-error","9"="Dustbin-error","10"="Charging-error","11"="No-wate-error","12"="Pick-up-error"] |
| mode | Number | Robot Cleaner - Mode | Value mapping ["1"="Auto-clean","2"="Spot-clean","3"="Wallflow-clean"] |
| target-water-level | Number | Robot Cleaner - Target Water Level | Value mapping ["1"="Level1","2"="Level2","3"="Level3"] |
| fan-level | Number | Robot Cleaner - Fan Level | Value mapping ["0"="Silence","1"="Stanrd","2"="Middle","3"="Enchance"] |
| battery-level | Number | Battery - Battery Level | |
| charging-state | Number | Battery - Charging State | Value mapping [0="Not-charging",1="Charging",2="Charging-competely"] |
| charging-state | Number | Battery - Charging State | Value mapping ["0"="Not-charging","1"="Charging","2"="Charging-competely"] |
| alarm | Switch | Alarm - Alarm | |
| volume | Number | Alarm - Volume | |
| filter-life-level | Number | Filter - Filter Life Level | |
@ -1656,9 +1656,9 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| total-clean-area | Number | Clean Record - Total Clean Area | |
| total-clean-time | Number | Clean Record - Total Clean Time | |
| total-clean-count | Number | Clean Record - Total Clean Count | |
| language | Number | Language - Language | Value mapping [0="English",1="简体中文",2="Español",3="Русский",4="Italiano",5="Français",6="Deutsch",7="한국어",8="Polski"] |
| language | Number | Language - Language | Value mapping ["0"="English","1"="简体中文","2"="Español","3"="Русский","4"="Italiano","5"="Français","6"="Deutsch","7"="한국어","8"="Polski"] |
| not-disturb-switch | Switch | Language - Not Disturb Switch | |
| mop-status | Number | Other Status - Mop Status | Value mapping [0="MopUninstall",1="MopInstall"] |
| mop-status | Number | Other Status - Mop Status | Value mapping ["0"="Mop Uninstall","1"="Mop Install"] |
### SCISHARE Smart Capsule Coffee Machine (<a name="scishare-coffee-s1102">scishare.coffee.s1102</a>) Channels
@ -3410,10 +3410,10 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| Channel | Type | Description | Comment |
|------------------|---------|-------------------------------------|------------|
| on | Switch | First Switch - Switch Status | |
| mode | Number | First Switch Default - Mode | Value mapping [0="Off",1="On"] |
| mode | Number | First Switch Default - Mode | Value mapping ["0"="Off","1"="On"] |
| mode1 | Number | First Switch - Delay | |
| on1 | Switch | Second Switch - Switch Status | |
| mode2 | Number | Second Switch Default - Mode | Value mapping [0="Off",1="On"] |
| mode2 | Number | Second Switch Default - Mode | Value mapping ["0"="Off","1"="On"] |
| mode3 | Number | Second Switch Service - Delay | |
| interlock | Switch | Extension - Interlock | |
| flash | Number | Extension - Flash | |
@ -3501,7 +3501,7 @@ e.g. `openhab:send actionCommand 'upd_timer["1498595904821", "on"]'` would enabl
| brightness | Dimmer | Indicator Light - Brightness | |
| physical-controls-locked | Switch | Physical Control Locked - Physical Controls Locked | |
| use-time | Number:Time | Private-Service - Use Time | |
| country-code | Number | Private-Service - Country-Code | Value mapping [0="Unknown",1="US",82="KR",44="EU",81="JP",7="RU",86="CN",852="HK",886="TW",33="FR"] |
| country-code | Number | Private-Service - Country-Code | Value mapping ["0"="Unknown","1"="US","82"="KR","44"="EU","81"="JP","7"="RU","86"="CN","852"="HK","886"="TW","33"="FR"] |

3
_addons_bindings/tankerkoenig/readme.md
View File

@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Restart your server
Either the web-request to Tankerkönig returned a failure or no valid response was received (this could be caused by a banned API-key).
In both cases the Webservice and the Station(s) go OFFLINE.
If the Tankerkönig return indicates an error a descriptive message (in German) is added next to the OFFLINE which will be displayed on the Webservice and Station(s) pages on Paper UI.
If the Tankerkönig return indicates an error a descriptive message (in German) is added next to the OFFLINE which will be displayed on the Webservice and Station(s) pages on UI. For further investigation the API Explorer can be used to show all data-fields of the things.
On the next receipt of a valid message Webservice and Station(s) will go ONLINE again.
The scheduled polling of price-data is canceled in case of no valid response.
Users should check the log for any reports to solve the reason for the OFFLINE status.
@ -202,4 +202,3 @@ This switch can be set either manually (only suggested for testing!) or by a rul
* <https://creativecommons.tankerkoenig.de/> (sorry, only available in German)
* &lsqb;MTS-K&rsqb;: <https://www.bundeskartellamt.de/DE/Wirtschaftsbereiche/Mineral%C3%B6l/MTS-Kraftstoffe/Verbraucher/verbraucher_node.html>
* &lsqb;openhab1-addons rules&rsqb;: <https://github.com/openhab/openhab1-addons/wiki/Samples-Rules#how-to-calculate-public-holidays>

16
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc11_0_0.md
View File

@ -56,10 +56,8 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC11 -:
| Switch 4 | switch_binary4 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 4 | meter_kwh4 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 4 | meter_watts4 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 5 | switch_binary5 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 5 | meter_kwh5 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 5 | meter_watts5 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 6 | switch_binary6 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 6 | meter_kwh6 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 6 | meter_watts6 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
@ -140,11 +138,6 @@ Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts4``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 5
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary5``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 5
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
@ -155,11 +148,6 @@ Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts5``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 6
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary6``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 6
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
@ -716,14 +704,14 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
#### Endpoint 6
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
### Documentation Links

1
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc18_0_0.md
View File

@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Target for automatic reports
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

26
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeotec/zw187_0_0.md
View File

@ -36,17 +36,18 @@ You can use this method of inclusion only if your Z-Wave gateway/controller/hub
3. Scan the QR code located on Recessed Door Sensor Gen7.
4. Once scanned, Recessed Door Sensor 7 will join your Z-Wave network automatically within 10 minutes from when it is powered up.
**Classic Inclusion.** 1. Decide on where you want your Recessed Door Sensor 7 to be placed.
**Classic Inclusion.**
2.Set your Z-Wave Controller into pairing mode.
1. Decide on where you want your Recessed Door Sensor 7 to be placed.
2. Set your Z-Wave Controller into pairing mode.
3. Press the Z-Wave Button on your Recessed Door Sensor 7 and quickly release the button (should only be a quick tap action on the button).
3. Press the Z-Wave Button on your Recessed Door Sensor 7 and quickly release the button (should only be a quick tap action on the button).
Recessed Door Sensor 7 will quickly flash its red LED up to 30 seconds or until it is paired successfully. If successfully paired, the red LED will become solid for 10 seconds.
If your Recessed Door Sensor failed to pair, the LED will return to slow breathing LED. If it is this case, please return to step 2.
4. If you pairing with S2 encryption/security, enter the first 5 digits of the DSK into your controller/gateway/hub interface when requested.
1. If you pairing with S2 encryption/security, enter the first 5 digits of the DSK into your controller/gateway/hub interface when requested.
When Recessed Door Sensor 7 successfully joins your Z-Wave network its LED will turn solid red for 10 seconds. If LED
@ -83,15 +84,12 @@ If the primary controller is missing or inoperable, you may need to reset the de
**Note:**
1. This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is missing or inoperable.
1. 1. This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is missing or inoperable.
2. Factory Reset will:
2. Factory Reset will:
(a) Remove the product from Z-Wave network;
(b) Delete the Association setting;
(c) Restore the configuration settings to the default.
* Remove the product from Z-Wave network;
* Delete the Association setting;
* Restore the configuration settings to the default.
Manual: https://aeotec.com/hidden-z-wave-door-sensor/
@ -113,11 +111,9 @@ To wake up your sensor, follow these steps:
* Release action button here to toggle 10 minute wakeup.
* If successful, LED will remain solid until sensor goes back to sleep.
Manual: https://aeotec.com/hidden-z-wave-door-sensor/
### General Usage Information
Manual: https://aeotec.com/hidden-z-wave-door-sensor/
## Channels

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/august/asl03_0_0.md
View File

@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ASL-03 -:
| Door State Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Door Lock | lock_door | lock_door | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_entry | alarm_entry | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (raw) | alarm_raw | alarm_raw | | String |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Door State Sensor
@ -87,6 +88,11 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Open |
| OFF | Closed |
### Alarm (raw)
Provides alarm parameters as json string.
The ```alarm_raw``` channel is of type ```alarm_raw``` and supports the ```String``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
This channel sets, and provides the alarm state as a JSON string. It is designed for use in rules.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.

27
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/bremicker/abuscfa3010_0_0.md
View File

@ -17,11 +17,17 @@ The CFA3010 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other
## Overview
The ABUS Z-Wave HomeTec CFA3010 wireless door lock actuator is a system designed for retrofitting to doors that open inwards to provide motorized locking and unlocking functions. The door can be electronically operated using local buttons and any Z-Wave device capable to control door locks. For the wireless door lock actuator to work, the cylinder must project 7-12 mm on the inside of the door (plus the thickness of the fitting or collar). Because the actuator operates with a key permanently inserted in the lock, the cylinder must have an emergency feature where the door can be opened with a key from the outside even when another key is inserted on the inside. In addition, the door lock must be a profile cylinder compliant with DIN 18252. This device is security enabled Z-Wave Plus product that is able to use encrypted Z-Wave Plus messages to communicate to other security enabled Z-Wave Plus products. This device must be used in conjunction with a Security Enabled Z-Wave Controller in order to fully utilize all implemented functions.
The ABUS Z-Wave HomeTec CFA3010 wireless door lock actuator is a system designed for retrofitting to doors that open inwards to provide motorized locking and unlocking functions.
The door can be electronically operated using local buttons and any Z-Wave device capable to control door locks. For the wireless door lock actuator to work, the cylinder must project 7-12 mm on the inside of the door (plus the thickness of the fitting or collar).
Because the actuator operates with a key permanently inserted in the lock, the cylinder must have an emergency feature where the door can be opened with a key from the outside even when another key is inserted on the inside. In addition, the door lock must be a profile cylinder compliant with DIN 18252. This device is security enabled Z-Wave Plus product that is able to use encrypted Z-Wave Plus messages to communicate to other security enabled Z-Wave Plus products.
This device must be used in conjunction with a Security Enabled Z-Wave Controller in order to fully utilize all implemented functions.
### Inclusion Information
In order to include (add) a Z-Wave device to a network it **must be in factory default state.** Please make sure to reset the device into factory default. You can do this by performing an Exclusion operation as described below in the manual. Every Z-Wave controller is able to perform this operation however it is recommended to use the primary controller of the previous network to make sure the very device is excluded properly from this network. **Reset to factory defaul** This device also allows to be reset without any involvement of a Z-Wave controller. This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is inoperable.
In order to include (add) a Z-Wave device to a network it **must be in factory default state.** Please make sure to reset the device into factory default. You can do this by performing an Exclusion operation as described below in the manual. Every Z-Wave controller is able to perform this operation however it is recommended to use the primary controller of the previous network to make sure the very device is excluded properly from this network. **Reset to factory default**. This device also allows to be reset without any involvement of a Z-Wave controller. This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is inoperable.
* Enable management mode by holding down **F1** and **F2** for 3 seconds. Green left LED will light up to confirm management mode.
* Move in this menu by pushing **F1** or **F2** Arrows. The left LED will change its color to indicate different menu items. left LED = green: Learn Mode, left LED = red: Reset Mode
@ -82,7 +88,9 @@ Clicking the "unlock button", when Learn Mode is started, will terminate the inc
### General Usage Information
This door lock can be operated by a central Z-Wave enabled controller (using e.g. mobile phone), a dedicated Z-Wave remote control and from local buttons. Once installed, the ABUS Z-Wave HomeTec CFA3010 can turn the door lock to open and close. In parallel legacy operation using a key from the outside remains possible. The local buttons "door open" and "door close" accessible from the inside allows convenient locking and unlocking the key. It is possible to just close the door and really lock it up moving the deadbolt into the "close" position.
This door lock can be operated by a central Z-Wave enabled controller (using e.g. mobile phone), a dedicated Z-Wave remote control and from local buttons. Once installed, the ABUS Z-Wave HomeTec CFA3010 can turn the door lock to open and close. In parallel legacy operation using a key from the outside remains possible. 
The local buttons "door open" and "door close" accessible from the inside allows convenient locking and unlocking the key. It is possible to just close the door and really lock it up moving the deadbolt into the "close" position.
## Channels
@ -91,6 +99,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the CFA3010 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Lock | lock_door | lock_door | Door | Switch |
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_access | alarm_access | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
@ -107,6 +116,18 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Locked |
| OFF | Unlocked |
### Door Sensor
Indicates if the door/window is open or closed.
The ```sensor_door``` channel is of type ```sensor_door``` and supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OPEN | Open |
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm (access)
Indicates if the access control alarm is triggered.

4
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/014g0160_0_0.md
View File

@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor
Any button (LED, Temp+ or Temp-)
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 014G0160 -:

760
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/flushdimmer_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Flush Dimmer - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Flush Dimmer Flush Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *Flush Dimmer*, manufactured by *Devolo* with the thing type UID of ```devolo_flushdimmer_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![Flush Dimmer product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1314/image/)
The Flush Dimmer supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
This Z-Wave module is used for dimming the bulb or to manage the speed of a fan. The module can be controlled either through a Z-Wave network or through the wall switch. The module is designed to be mounted inside a "flush mounting box", hidden behind a traditional wall switch. Module measures power consumption of bulb or fan and supports connection of digital temperature sensor. It is designed to act as repeater in order to improve range and stability of Z-wave network.
### Inclusion Information
WARNING: Service button S **must NOT be used** when module is connected to 110-230V power supply.
* Connect module to power supply (with temperature sensor connected - if purchased),
* Enable add/remove mode on main controller
* Auto-inclusion (works for about 2 minutesafter connected to power supply) or
* **110V-230V power supply: **Press push button I1 three times within 3 seconds (3 times change switch state within 3 seconds)
* **24V SELV: **Press service button **S** for more than 2 seconds.
**NOTE1:** For auto-inclusion procedure, first set main controller into inclusion mode and then connect module to power supply.
**NOTE2:** When connecting temperature sensor to module that has already been included, you have to exclude module first. Switch off power supply,connect the sensor and re-include the module.
### Exclusion Information
WARNING: Service button S **must NOT be used** when module is connected to 110-230V power supply.
* Connect module to power supply (with temperature sensor connected - if purchased),
* Enable add/remove mode on main controller
* Auto-inclusion (works for about 2 minutesafter connected to power supply) or
* **110V-230V power supply: **Press push button I1 three times within 3 seconds (3 times change switch state within 3 seconds)
* **24V SELV: **Press service button **S** for more than 2 seconds.
**NOTE1:** For auto-inclusion procedure, first set main controller into inclusion mode and then connect module to power supply.
**NOTE2:** When connecting temperature sensor to module that has already been included, you have to exclude module first. Switch off power supply,connect the sensor and re-include the module.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Flush Dimmer -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer 1 | switch_dimmer1 | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) 1 | alarm_power1 | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Binary Sensor 2 | sensor_binary2 | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) 2 | alarm_burglar2 | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Binary Sensor 3 | sensor_binary3 | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) 3 | alarm_burglar3 | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer 1
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer1``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power) 1
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power1``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Binary Sensor 2
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary2``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm (burglar) 2
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar2``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Binary Sensor 3
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary3``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm (burglar) 3
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar3``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 23 configuration parameters available in the Flush Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Input 1 switch type | |
| 2 | Input 2 switch type | |
| 3 | Input 2 contact type | |
| 4 | Input 3 contact type | |
| 10 | Activate / deactivate functions ALL ON / ALL OFF | Flush dimmer module responds to commands ALL ON / ALL OFF |
| 11 | Automatic turning off output after set time | Auto OFF enabled with defined time, step is 1 second. |
| 12 | Automatic turning on output after set time | Auto ON enabled with defined time, step is 1 second. |
| 20 | Enable / Disable 3-way switch | Dimming is done by push button or switch connected to I1. |
| 21 | Enable / Disable Double click function | A fast double click on the push button will set dimming power at maximum. |
| 30 | Saving the state after a power failure | Saving the state after a power failure |
| 40 | Power reporting in watts on power change | Set value is percentage, set value from 0 - 100 = 0% - 100%. |
| 42 | Power reporting in Watts by time interval | Set value means time interval (0 – 32767) in seconds. |
| 60 | Minimum dimming value | Minimum dimming value is set by entered value. |
| 61 | Maximum dimming value | Maximum dimming value is set by entered value. |
| 65 | Dimming time (soft on/off) | Set value means time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max. dimming values |
| 66 | Dimming time when key pressed | Time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max dimming values |
| 67 | Ignore start level | This parameter is used with association group 3 |
| 68 | Dimming duration | This parameter is used with association group 3 |
| 100 | Enable / Disable Endpoints I2 | Enabling I2 means that Endpoint (I2) will be present on UI. |
| 101 | Enable / Disable Endpoints I3 | Enabling I3 means that Endpoint (I3) will be present on UI. |
| 110 | Temperature sensor offset settings | Offset to actual measured value |
| 120 | Digital temperature sensor reporting | Module reports measured temperature on defined temperature change |
| 250 | Unsecure / Secure Inclusion | Unsecure / Secure Inclusion |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: Input 1 switch type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Mono-stable switch type (push button) |
| 1 | Bi-stable switch type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Mono-stable switch type (push button)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Input 2 switch type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Mono-stable switch type (push button) |
| 1 | Bi-stable switch type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Mono-stable switch type (push button)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Input 2 contact type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | NO (normally open) input type |
| 1 | NC (normally closed) input type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (NO (normally open) input type).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Input 3 contact type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | NO (normally open) input type |
| 1 | NC (normally closed) input type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (NO (normally open) input type).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Activate / deactivate functions ALL ON / ALL OFF
Flush dimmer module responds to commands ALL ON / ALL OFF
Flush dimmer module responds to commands ALL ON / ALL OFF that may be sent by the main controller or by other controller belonging to the system.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | ALL ON is not active, ALL OFF is not active |
| 1 | ALL ON is not active, ALL OFF active |
| 2 | ALL ON active, ALL OFF is not active |
| 255 | ALL ON active, ALL OFF active |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255``` (ALL ON active, ALL OFF active).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Automatic turning off output after set time
Auto OFF enabled with defined time, step is 1 second.
* 0 - Auto OFF disabled
* 1 – 32536 = 1 second – 32536 seconds
Values in the range 0 to 32536 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Automatic turning on output after set time
Auto ON enabled with defined time, step is 1 second.
* 0 - Auto ON disabled
* 1 – 32536 = 1 second – 32536 seconds
Values in the range 0 to 32536 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 20: Enable / Disable 3-way switch
Dimming is done by push button or switch connected to I1.
Dimming is done by push button or switch connected to I1 (by default).
Enabling 3way switch, dimming can be controlled by push button or switch connected to I1 and I2.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | single push button (connected to I1) |
| 1 | 3-way switch (connected to I1 and I2) |
| 2 | Additional switch connected to I2 |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (single push button (connected to I1)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: Enable / Disable Double click function
A fast double click on the push button will set dimming power at maximum.
If Double click function is enabled, a fast double click on the push button will set dimming power at maximum dimming value.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | double click disabled |
| 1 | double click enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (double click disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 30: Saving the state after a power failure
Saving the state after a power failure
If state saving is enabled, flush dimmer module saves its state before power failure (it returns to the last position saved before a power failure).
If state saving is disabled, flush dimmer module does not save the state after a power failure.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Save state enabled |
| 1 | Save state disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Save state enabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_30_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 40: Power reporting in watts on power change
Set value is percentage, set value from 0 - 100 = 0% - 100%.
Set value means percentage, set value from 0 - 100 = 0% - 100%. Default value is 5.
* 0 – Reporting Disabled
* 1 – 100 = 1% - 100% Reporting enabled.
Power report is send (push) only when actual power in Watts in real time changes for more than set percentage comparing to previous actual power in Watts, step is 1%.
NOTE: if power changed is less than 1W, the report is not send (pushed), independent of percentage set.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 42: Power reporting in Watts by time interval
Set value means time interval (0 – 32767) in seconds.
Set value means time interval (0 – 32767) in seconds, when power report is sent.
* 0 – reporting disabled
* 1 – 32767 = 1 second – 32767 seconds. Reporting enabled.
Power report is send with time interval set by entered value.
Values in the range 0 to 32767 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```300```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 60: Minimum dimming value
Minimum dimming value is set by entered value.
* 1-98 = 1% – 98%, step is 1%. Minimum dimming value is set by entered value.
NOTE: The minimum level may not be higher than the maximum level! 1% min. dimming value is defined by Z- Wave multilevel device class.
Values in the range 1 to 98 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_60_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 61: Maximum dimming value
Maximum dimming value is set by entered value.
* 2-99 = 2% – 99%, step is 1%. Maximum dimming value is set by entered value.
NOTE: The maximum level may not be lower than the minimum level! 99% max. dimming value is defined by Z- Wave multilevel device class.
Values in the range 2 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```99```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_61_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 65: Dimming time (soft on/off)
Set value means time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max. dimming values
Set value means time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max. dimming values by short press of push button I1 or controlled through UI (BasicSet).
* default value 100 = 1s
* 1 - 255 = 100 mseconds – 25500 mseconds, step is 10 mseconds
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_65_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 66: Dimming time when key pressed
Time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max dimming values
Time of moving the Dimmer between min. and max dimming values by continuous hold of push button I1 or associated device.
* default value 3 = 3s
* 1- 255 = 1 second – 255 seconds.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_66_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 67: Ignore start level
This parameter is used with association group 3
This parameter is used with association group 3. A receiving device SHOULD respect the start level if the Ignore Start Level bit is 0. A receiving device MUST ignore the start level if the Ignore Start Level bit is 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | respect start level |
| 1 | ignore start level |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (respect start level).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_67_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 68: Dimming duration
This parameter is used with association group 3
This parameter is used with association group 3. The Duration field MUST specify the time that the transition should take from the current value to the new target value. A supporting device SHOULD respect the specified Duration value.
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_68_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 100: Enable / Disable Endpoints I2
Enabling I2 means that Endpoint (I2) will be present on UI.
Enabling I2 means that Endpoint (I2) will be present on UI. Disabling it will result in hiding the endpoint according to the parameter set value. Additionally, a Notification Type and Event can be selected for the endpoint.
NOTE1: After parameter change, first exclude module (without setting parameters to default value) then wait at least 30s and then re include the module!
NOTE 2: When the parameter is set to value 9 the notifications are send for Home Security.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disabled |
| 1 | Home Security |
| 2 | Carbon Monoxide |
| 3 | Carbon Dioxide |
| 4 | Water Alarm |
| 5 | Heat Alarm |
| 6 | Smoke Alarm |
| 9 | Sensor binary |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 101: Enable / Disable Endpoints I3
Enabling I3 means that Endpoint (I3) will be present on UI.
Enabling I3 means that Endpoint (I3) will be present on UI. Disabling it will result in hiding the endpoint according to the parameter set value. Additionally, a Notification Type and Event can be selected for the endpoint.
NOTE1: After parameter change, first exclude module (without setting parameters to default value) then wait at least 30s and then re include the module!
NOTE 2: When the parameter is set to value 9 the notifications are send for Home Security.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disabled |
| 1 | Home Security |
| 2 | Carbon Monoxide |
| 3 | Carbon Dioxide |
| 4 | Water Alarm |
| 5 | Heat Alarm |
| 6 | Smoke Alarm |
| 9 | Sensor binary |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 110: Temperature sensor offset settings
Offset to actual measured value
Set value is added or subtracted to actual measured value by sensor. Available configuration parameters:
* default value 32536
* 32536 – offset is 0.0C
* From 1 to 100 – value from 0.1 °C to 10.0 °C is added to actual measured temperature.
* From 1001 to 1100 -value from -0.1 °C to -10.0 °C is subtracted to actual measured temperature.
Values in the range 1 to 32536 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```32536```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_110_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 120: Digital temperature sensor reporting
Module reports measured temperature on defined temperature change
If digital temperature sensor is connected, module reports measured temperature on temperature change defined by this parameter. Available configuration parameters:
* default value 5 = 0.5°C
* 0 – Reporting disabled
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 250: Unsecure / Secure Inclusion
Unsecure / Secure Inclusion
The Flush dimmer supports both, the secure and unsecure inclusion. Even if the controller does not support security command classes, a dimmer could be included as unsecure and keep all the functionalityThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Unsecure Inclusion |
| 1 | Secure Inclusion |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Unsecure Inclusion).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_250_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Flush Dimmer supports 11 association groups.
### Group 1: Controller Updates
Lifeline group
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: I1 basic on/off
Triggered at change of the input I1 state and reflecting its state
Association group 2 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 3: I1 start/stop level change
Triggered at change of the input I1 state and reflecting its state
Association group 3 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 4: Multilevel
Triggered at changes of state/value of the Flush Dimmer
Association group 4 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 5: I2 basic on/off
Triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state
Association group 5 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 6: I2 notification report
Triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state
Association group 6 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 7: I2 binary sensor
Triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state
Association group 7 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 8: I3 basic on/off
Triggered at change of the input I3 state and reflecting its state
Association group 8 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 9: I3 notification report
Triggered at change of the input I3 state and reflecting its state
Association group 9 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 10: I3 binary sensor
Triggered at change of the input I3 state and reflecting its state
Association group 10 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 11: Multilevel sensor
Triggered at change of temperature sensor
Association group 11 supports 16 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
#### Endpoint 1
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
#### Endpoint 2
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
#### Endpoint 3
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1314/reference/44610_Home_Control_Dimmer-Unterputz_0218_de_online.pdf)
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1314/reference/44610_Home_Control_Dimmer-Unterputz_0218_de_online_1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1314).

34
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/mt02648_0_0.md
View File

@ -56,24 +56,12 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the MT02648 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Door / Window Status | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Door / Window Status
Indicates if the door/window is open or closed.
The ```sensor_door``` channel is of type ```sensor_door``` and supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OPEN | Open |
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
@ -84,10 +72,10 @@ Indicates the current light reading.
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel is of type ```sensor_luminance``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
### Tamper Alarm
Indicates if the tamper alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel is of type ```alarm_tamper``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -96,6 +84,18 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
###
Indicates if the door/window is open or closed.
The ```sensor_door``` channel is of type ```sensor_door``` and supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OPEN | Open |
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.

148
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/enerwave/mp36737_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch Monoprice in wall on/off switch model number 36737
This describes the Z-Wave device *Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch*, manufactured by *Wenzhou MTLC Electric Appliances Co.,Ltd.* with the thing type UID of ```enerwave_mp36737_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1317/image/)
The Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Perfect Replacement for regular wall switch, 120VAC, 15Amp
Wireless Z-Wave technology creates a mesh network for command and Manual and Remote ON/OFF control of any connected lighting and interoperability with other Z-Wave compliant controller and devices
Manual and Remote ON/OFF control of any connected lighting and other electrical load
Can be used for signal pole or 3- Way (Multi-location) with ZW3K Auxiliary Air-Gap Switch
Air-Gap Switch feature meets UL requirement and disconnect power from load locally
A blue LED illuminates when the load is off
### Inclusion Information
Once switch paddle (top/button) is pressed, the device will enter into learn mode to accomplish inclusion or exclusion by controller.  
### Exclusion Information
Once switch paddle (top/button) is pressed, the device will enter into learn mode to accomplish inclusion or exclusion by controller.  
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | LED State | LED State |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: LED State
LED State
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Monoprice Z-Wave Plus On/Off Switch supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Lifeline: Send device reset locally notification
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Group 2
StatusReport: Send basic report
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
AssGroupSet: Send Basic set command
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [MP36737 User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1317/reference/36737_Manual_190619.pdf)
* [MP36737 User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1317/reference/36737_Manual_1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1317).

2
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/eurotronic/spirit_0_0.md
View File

@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
Backlight
The following option values may be configured -:
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|

182
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/futurehome/4512581_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Z Push Button 8 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Z Push Button 8 Wall Mounted Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *Z Push Button 8*, manufactured by *Future Home AS* with the thing type UID of ```futurehome_4512581_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Battery*, defining Batteries, Energy Storages.
![Z Push Button 8 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1324/image/)
The Z Push Button 8 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The Z Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 is a battery operated wall switch with 8 push buttons. The switch enables you to control the Z-Wave- products in your smart home system. Managing your Z-Wave products becomes easy and practical. The switch can be set up to control scenarios or work in associations with other Z-Wave products.
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 can control up to 4 seperate association groups with up to 20 products or up to 16 scenarios through your gateway.
**Functions:**
* Battery operated wall switch
* Fits Gira System 55, Elko RS-16 and Schneider Exxact
* Controls 4 separate groups and up to 20 units
* Controls up to 16 scenarios via your gateway
* LED-diode
* Easy to install with screws or double-sided tape
* Supports encryption modes S0, S2 Authenticated Class, S2 Unauthenticated Class
### Inclusion Information
**Step 1.** Make sure the remote control does not belong to any Z-Wave network, short press on any button, if LED indicator does not turn on, the remote control does not belong to any network, then continue to step 2, if LED indicator turns on, it means the remote control has already been added to a network, please first set the remote control to removing mode (see exclusion information), then continue to step 2.
**Step 2.** Set primary controller/gateway into adding mode.
**Step 3.** Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 our 3 seconds, LED indicator, the remote control will be set to adding mode, and waiting to be added, after 10s LED indicator blinks 6 times quickly to indicate successful adding.
### Exclusion Information
**Step 1.** Make sure the remote control does not belong to any Z-Wave network, short press on any button, if LED indicator does not turn on, the remote control does not belong to any network, then continue to step 2, if LED indicator turns on, it means the remote control has already been added to a network, please first set the remote control to removing mode (see exclusion information), then continue to step 2.
**Step 2.** Set primary controller/gateway into adding mode.
**Step 3.** Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 our 3 seconds, LED indicator, the remote control will be set to adding mode, and waiting to be added, after 10s LED indicator blinks 6 times quickly to indicate successful adding.
### Wakeup Information
The Z Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
The remote control is under sleepy mode for most of the time to save battery power. It can not receive wireless commands under sleepy mode. Before the gateway interacts data with the remote, the remote control shall be activated manually first. Short press any button to activate the remote control for 3s, and press and hold down **I** and **O** buttons of the Group 2 together over 1 second to activate the remote control for 7s.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Z Push Button 8 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Z Push Button 8 supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
1. Send Command Class "Device Reset Locally Notification V1" to associated devices of the group to report factory reset information when factory reset the remote control.
2. When remote control battery power value changes, send Command Class "Battery Report V1" to associated devices of this group to report power value information.
3. Short press or press and hold any button to send scene activation command to the associated devices of this group using Command Class "Central Scene Notification V3".
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Launch 1
Short press **I/O** button of Group 2 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 2 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Launch 2
Short press **I/O** button of Group 3 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 3 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Launch 3
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Launch 4
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 5 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Installers manual (FW 1.26) ENGLISH](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1324/reference/Manual_Heatit_Z-Push_Button_8_FW_1.26_Ver2019-A_ENG.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1324).

135
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/34127zw5304_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: 34127/ZW5304 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# 34127/ZW5304 Solo Scene Remote
This describes the Z-Wave device *34127/ZW5304*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_34127zw5304_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Remote Control*, defining Any portable or hand-held device that controls the status of something, e.g. remote control, keyfob etc..
![34127/ZW5304 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1313/image/)
The 34127/ZW5304 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
No Hub Necessary – The remote allows you to create one scene to control smart devices with or without a Z-Wave hub. It is able to directly pair with Z-Wave switches, dimmers, fan controls and more simple-setup home automation. Dual- and quad-scene models – 34174 and 34176 – are also available for even more varied automation.
Scalable Automation – One-to-many or many-to-one configurations accommodate any need. Create a scene for up to 20 devices with one remote or use several remotes to control a single fixture. Universal compatibility allows the remote to pair with Z-Wave Plus and all previous Z-Wave generations.
Ideal Applications – Trigger actions of several devices to enjoy the comfort of knowing all of your lights are turned off when you leave the house or illuminate your whole home as soon as you arrive. Connecting multiple remotes to one fixture, lamp or fan instantly creates a multi-switch network for control from various locations.
Versatile Placement– Compact construction and two provided CR2032 batteries offer comfortable handheld operation for easy portability. The included unique magnetic adapter and rocker-style wallplate support wall-mount options. The remote can also be incorporated into existing switchboxes and multi-gang setups or replace blanks. Tabletop placement with an available cradle – model 39943 – allows convenient accessibility anywhere.
Full-Range Dimmability – When connected to a Z-Wave dimmer, adjust brightness levels of dimmable lights from 0-100 percent. Dimming lights reduces energy costs and improves bulb life.
### Inclusion Information
1. Press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 5 seconds. The LED will slowly flash.
2. Press and hold the Up button 3 seconds. The LED will rapidly flash.
3. Press the Down button to set the device as a receiver. The LED will flash every
second. If network transfer was successful, the LED will turn on for two seconds
### Exclusion Information
1. Press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 3 seconds. The LED will slowly flash.
2. Press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 3 seconds. The LED will quickly flash for 20 seconds.
3. Press the manual/program button on the Z-Wave module/switch to remove it from the network. The LED will turn on for two seconds.
### Wakeup Information
The 34127/ZW5304 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
1. Press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 3 seconds. The LED will slowly flash.
2. Press and hold the Down button for 2 seconds. The LED will quickly flash.
3. Press the Up button. The LED will turn on for two seconds. If the setup is successful, the keypad will stay awake for 30 seconds. During awake mode, the controller will sleep again within two seconds after any button is pressed
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 34127/ZW5304 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The 34127/ZW5304 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONTROLLER_REPLICATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1313/reference/manual_34172.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1313).

152
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/ultrapro39348_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 In Wall Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *UltraPro 39348/ZW4008*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_ultrapro39348_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1322/image/)
The UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
UltraPro Z-Wave Plus Smart Light Switch, In-Wall White & Almond Paddles | Built-In Repeater & Range Extender | Model 39348 ZW4008
### Inclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to add a device to the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to add your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart switch (rocker).
Now you have complete control to turn your fixture ON/OFF according to groups, scenes, schedules and interactive automations programmed by your controller. If your Z-Wave certified controller features remote access, you can control your fixture from your mobile devices.
### Exclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to remove a device from the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to remove your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart switch (rocker).
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the UltraPro 39348/ZW4008.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Blue LED Night Light | Blue LED Night Light |
### Parameter 3: Blue LED Night Light
Blue LED Night Light
This configuration parameter defines the behavior of the blue LED "night light". The default behavior is "ON\_WHEN\_OFF" - the LED is on when the switch is set to off. The other two options are "ON\_WHEN\_ON" - the LED is on when the switch is set to on, and "ALWAYS_OFF" - the LED is always off.
Values in the range 0 to 3 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The UltraPro 39348/ZW4008 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association Group 1 supports Lifeline, Binary Switch Report
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Single Press
Association Group 2 supports Basic Set and is controlled by pressing the ON or OFF button with the local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Double Press
Association Group 3 supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the ON or OFF button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Scanned manual from box](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1322/reference/Ultrapro-ZW4008.pdf)
* [Printed manual from Z-Wave Manuals](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1322/reference/Ultrapro-ZW4008_ZwaveManual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1322).

193
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/habhome/iblindsib30_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: IB3.0 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# IB3.0 Window Blind Controller
This describes the Z-Wave device *IB3.0*, manufactured by *HAB Home Intelligence, LLC* with the thing type UID of ```habhome_iblindsib30_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Blinds*, defining Roller shutters, window blinds, etc..
![IB3.0 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1325/image/)
The IB3.0 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
## Overview
An intelligent Z-Wave blind motor that installs out of sight in existing Horizontal (2" and 2 1/2" slatted-style) blind headrails. Use iBlinds to tilt the slats open, closed or use the value slider for precise positioning of the slat tilt angle.
### Inclusion Information
Follow the directions for your Z-Wave hub/controller to place it in the add for inclusion mode.
Press the inclusion button (IN/EX) once and wait for the device to be discovered and joined to the Z-Wave network. Follow the directions of your Z-Wave controller to uniquely identify your iblinds device. (Ex: Bedroom iblinds).
Note: If the device is not joined to the network. Press the CLBR button, wait 1 second and repeat steps 1 and 2 again. If you continue to have trouble joining the iblinds motor to the Z-Wave network, follow the Z-Wave network exclusion process.
### Exclusion Information
Follow the directions for your Z-Wave hub/controller to place it in the exclusion mode.
Press the exclude button (IN/EX) once and wait for the iblinds device to be removed from the Z-Wave network.
If you are having issues with exclusion, please check our troubleshooting page here.
### General Usage Information
NOTE: The command polling period should be set to 'disabled' 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the IB3.0 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Blinds Control | blinds_control | blinds_control | Blinds | Rollershutter |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Blinds Control
Provides start / stop control of blinds.
The ```blinds_control``` channel is of type ```blinds_control``` and supports the ```Rollershutter``` item and is in the ```Blinds``` category.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the IB3.0.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Close Interval | Close Interval |
| 2 | Reverse Direction | Reverse Direction |
| 3 | Disable Report | Disable Report |
| 4 | Default ON Value | Default ON Value |
| 6 | Speed | Speed |
### Parameter 1: Close Interval
Close Interval
Used for large blind auto calibration endpoint detection. A smaller value will make the blinds close tighter
Values in the range 15 to 30 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```22```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Reverse Direction
Reverse Direction
Used to reverse the direction of the blinds
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Forwards |
| 1 | Reverse |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Forwards).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Disable Report
Disable Report
Used to disable Z-Wave Report. This is useful for systems that poll iBlinds immediately after sending a position command. Disable if an immediate Z-Wave GET command is causing iBlinds motor to function improperly
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | False |
| 1 | True |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (False).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Default ON Value
Default ON Value
Used to set the default ON level. Default value for ON=50% (0x32). Change this value if you wish to change the Charge Adapter push button ON or the Z-Wave Binary Switch ON default value
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```50```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Speed
Speed
Used to set the default blind speed. 0 = No Delay. The larger the value the slower the speed. Note: A Z-Wave MultiLevel Switch command sent with a Duration value greater than 0 will always override the speed parameter
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The IB3.0 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [User Guide v3.0](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1325/reference/User-Guide-v3.0-1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1325).

4
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/homeseer/hswd100_0_0.md
View File

@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Local Dimming Level Increment
@ -193,6 +193,8 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/346/reference/HS-WD100-Manual-v1-1a.pdf)
* [Z-Wave Parameters](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/346/reference/HS-WD100-ZWave-Parameters.pdf)
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/346/reference/HS-WD100-Manual-7.pdf)
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/346/reference/HS-WD100-Manual-7_1.pdf)
---

67
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/idlock/idl150new_1_6.md
View File

@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ID-150 -:
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Lock | lock_door | lock_door | Door | Switch |
| Door State | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_access | alarm_access | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (emergency) [Deprecated]| alarm_emergency | alarm_emergency | Alarm | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Access control | notification_access_control | notification_access_control | | Number |
| Emergency (Contact Fire Service) [Deprecated]| alarm_emergency | alarm_emergency | Alarm | Switch |
| Burglar alarm (tampering) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (raw) [Deprecated]| alarm_raw | alarm_raw | | String |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
@ -87,19 +87,58 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| OPEN | Open |
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm (access)
Indicates if the access control alarm is triggered.
### Access control
The ```alarm_access``` channel is of type ```alarm_access``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
Access Control.
The ```notification_access_control``` channel is of type ```notification_access_control``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
| 0 | Previous Events cleared |
| 1 | Manual Lock Operation |
| 2 | Manual Unlock Operation |
| 3 | RF Lock Operation |
| 4 | RF Unlock Operation |
| 5 | Keypad Lock Operation |
| 6 | Keypad Unlock Operation |
| 7 | Manual Not Fully Locked Operation |
| 8 | RF Not Fully Locked Operation |
| 9 | Auto Lock Locked Operation |
| 10 | Auto Lock Not Fully Operation |
| 11 | LockJammed |
| 12 | All user codes deleted |
| 13 | Single user code deleted |
| 14 | New user code added |
| 15 | New user code not added due to duplicate code |
| 16 | Keypad temporary disabled |
| 17 | Keypad busy |
| 18 | New Program code Entered- Unique code for lock configuration |
| 19 | Manually Enter user Access code exceeds code limit |
| 20 | Unlock by RF with invalid user code |
| 21 | Locked by RF with invalid user code |
| 22 | Window/Door is open |
| 23 | Window/Door is closed |
| 64 | Barrier performing initialization process |
| 65 | Barrier operation (Open / Close) force has been exceeded |
| 66 | Barrier motor has exceeded manufacturer's operational time limit |
| 67 | Barrier operation has exceeded physical mechanical limits |
| 68 | Barrier unable to perform requested operation due to UL requirements |
| 69 | Barrier Unattended operation has been disabled per UL requirements |
| 70 | Barrier failed to perform Requested operation, device malfunction |
| 71 | Barrier Vacation Mode |
| 72 | Barrier Safety Beam Obstacle |
| 73 | Barrier Sensor Not Detected / Supervisory Error |
| 74 | Barrier Sensor Low Battery Warning |
| 75 | Barrier detected short in WallStation wires |
| 76 | Barrier associated with non-Z-wave remote control |
### Emergency (Contact Fire Service) [Deprecated]
2: Contact Fire Service
### Alarm (emergency) [Deprecated]
Indicates Police, Fire, or Medical services should be contacted.
The ```alarm_emergency``` channel is of type ```alarm_emergency``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
@ -113,7 +152,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
**Note:** This channel is marked as deprecated so should not be used.
### Alarm (burglar)
### Burglar alarm (tampering)
3: Tampering (case opened)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
@ -340,6 +381,10 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
* [ID Lock 150 installation and user manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/ID-Lock-150-installation-and-user-manual.pdf)
* [ID Lock 150 Z wave manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/IDLock150-ZWave-UserManual-v2-1.pdf)
* [ZWave user manual v3.02 (FW 1.6)](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/IDLock150-ZWave-UserManual-v3-02.pdf)
* [Firmware Release Notes 2020](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/versjonshistorikk-----id-lock_1.5.7.pdf)
* [Firmware Release Notes 2020](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/versjonshistorikk-----id-lock_1.5.7_1.pdf)
* [Z-wave module (FW 1.6) user manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/User-manual-Z-Wave-modul_EN_1.1.pdf)
* [Firmware Release Notes 2020 (delete the other ones with same name)](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1106/reference/versjonshistorikk-----id-lock_1.5.7_2.pdf)
---

398
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/inovelli/lzw31_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: LZW31 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# LZW31 Black Series Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *LZW31*, manufactured by *Inovelli* with the thing type UID of ```inovelli_lzw31_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![LZW31 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1171/image/)
The LZW31 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
For starters, we’ve upgraded our Z-Wave module for better distance. The switch can be used in any 3-Way or 4-Way setting and allows you to use either an auxiliary switch, a smart switch or your existing dumb switch (NOTE: this only applies if a neutral wire is installed. If there is no neutral wire, the switch only works in a single-pole setting).
Lastly, the LED bar can be changed to any default color you’d prefer and also allows for it to be dimmed, or disabled altogether.
### Inclusion Information
Start the Inclusion process on your HUB/Gateway. Turn the power back on and auto-inclusion will activate.You will have 60 seconds before it times out. If it does timeout,the backup method to pair/include the device is to press the Config Button (A) 3 times.
### Exclusion Information
Put your HUB in Exclusion mode and press the Config Button (A) 3x until your HUB says the device is excluded.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the LZW31 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 19 configuration parameters available in the LZW31.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Dimming Speed | How fast or slow the light turns on when you hold the switch |
| 2 | Dimming Speed ( Z-wave ) | How fast or slow the light turns dim when you adjust via network |
| 3 | Ramp Rate | How fast or slow the light turns on when you press the switch |
| 4 | Ramp Rate ( Z-wave) | How fast or slow the light turns on / off via the network |
| 5 | Minimum Dim Level | Minimum level the light switch will dim to |
| 6 | Maximum Dim Level | Maximum level the light switch will dim to |
| 7 | Invert Switch | Inverts the switch |
| 8 | Auto Off Timer | Automatically tuns the switch off after X seconds |
| 9 | Default Level ( Local ) | Default dim level when pressed locally |
| 10 | Default level ( Z-Wave ) | Default dim level when switch on via network |
| 11 | Power On State | When power is restored switch reverts On/Off/Last |
| 12 | Association Behavior | When should the switch send commands to associated devices |
| 13 | LED Indicator Colo | Sets the default color of the LED bar |
| 14 | LED Indicator Intensity | Sets the intensity of the LED bar (brightness) |
| 15 | LED Indicator Intensity (when off) | LED Indicator brightness when switch is off |
| 16 | LED Strip Effect | Add sweet effects to the LED bar |
| 17 | LED timeout | Timeout for LED notifications |
| 21 | AC Power Type | Neutral or no neutral |
| 22 | Switch Type | Single Pole or Multi Pole |
### Parameter 1: Dimming Speed
How fast or slow the light turns on when you hold the switch
How fast or slow the lights turns on when you hold the switch ( ie: dimming from 10-20%, 80-60%, etc)
0 = instant on, 1=1 second, 100=100 seconds
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Dimming Speed ( Z-wave )
How fast or slow the light turns dim when you adjust via network
How fast or slow the light turns dim when you adjust the switch remotely.
(ie: dimming from 10-20%, 80-60%, etc)
0= instant on, 1=1 second, 100=100 seconds, 101=keep in sync with Parameter 1
Values in the range 0 to 101 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```101```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Ramp Rate
How fast or slow the light turns on when you press the switch
How fast or slow the light turns on when you press the switch 1x to bring from ON to OFF or OFF to ON
0=instant on, 1=1 second, 100=100 seconds, 101=keep in sync with Parameter 1
Values in the range 0 to 101 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```101```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Ramp Rate ( Z-wave)
How fast or slow the light turns on / off via the network
How fast or slow the light turns on when you turn the switch ON to OFF or OFF to ON remotely.
0=instant on, 1=1 second, 100=100 seconds, 101=keep in sync with Parameter 1
Values in the range 0 to 101 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```101```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Minimum Dim Level
Minimum level the light switch will dim to
Minimum level the light switch will dim to (great for fixing flickering bulbs).
1=1%, 45=45%
Values in the range 1 to 45 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Maximum Dim Level
Maximum level the light switch will dim to
Maximum level the light switch will dim to.
55%=55%, 100=100%
Values in the range 55 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Invert Switch
Inverts the switch
Inverts the switch ( tap down = ON, tap up = OFF)
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Auto Off Timer
Automatically tuns the switch off after X seconds
Automatically turns the switch off after x amount of seconds
0 = disabled, 1 = 1 second, 32767 = 32767 seconds.
Values in the range 0 to 32767 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Default Level ( Local )
Default dim level when pressed locally
Default dim level for the switch when pressed locally
0 = Switch will return to the level it was prior to being off, 1=1%, 100=100%
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Default level ( Z-Wave )
Default dim level when switch on via network
Default dim level for the switch when powered on via a Z-Wave command
0 = Switch will return to level it was prior to being off, 1=1%, 100=100%
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Power On State
When power is restored switch reverts On/Off/Last
When power is restored, the switch reverts to either On, Off, or Last Level
0=Off, 1-100= specific % On, 101= returns to level before power outage
Values in the range 0 to 101 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Association Behavior
When should the switch send commands to associated devices
01=local, 02=3-way, 03=3-way & local, 04=Z-wave hub, 05=Z-wave Hub & local
06=Z-wave hub & 3-way, 07=Z-wave hub & local & 3-way, 08=timer, 09= timer &local
10=timer & 3-way, 11=timer & 3-way & local, 12= timer & z-wave hub
13= timer & z-wave hub & local, 14=timer & z-wave hub & 3-way, 15= ALL
Values in the range 0 to 15 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```15```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: LED Indicator Colo
Sets the default color of the LED bar
This will set the default color of the LED bar
Calculated by using a hue color circle ( value / 255*360) see website for more detail
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```170```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: LED Indicator Intensity
Sets the intensity of the LED bar (brightness)
This will set the intensity of the LED bar
0=Off, 1=low, 5=medium, 10=high
Values in the range 0 to 10 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: LED Indicator Intensity (when off)
LED Indicator brightness when switch is off
LED Indicator intensity when light is off
0=off , 1 =low, 10=high
Values in the range 0 to 10 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 16: LED Strip Effect
Add sweet effects to the LED bar
Sweet effects: pulse, chase, solid, etc
Byte 1 = choose color
Byte 2 = Choose Brightness Level
Byte 3 = Choose Effect
Byte 4 = Duration 
See Website for details
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 17: LED timeout
Timeout for LED notifications
Changes the amount of time the RGB bar shows the dim level if the LED bar has been disabled
0=always off, 1=1 second after level is adjusted, 10=10 seconds after level is adjusted
Values in the range 0 to 10 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: AC Power Type
Neutral or no neutral
Select whether you are wiring your switch with or without a neutral wire
0 = No-Neutral, 1 = Neutral
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 22: Switch Type
Single Pole or Multi Pole
Select what type of installation you have
0 = Single-Pole (ie: one switch), 1 = Multi-Switch (Dumb Switch), 2 = Multi-Switch (Auxillary Switch)
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The LZW31 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Switch Multilevel Set
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Control multiple bulbs / dimmers with level change
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V2| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [LZW31 Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1171/reference/LZW31-Manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1171).

307
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/inteset/plug_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: plug - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# plug Inteset Power Plug
This describes the Z-Wave device *plug*, manufactured by *[Inteset Technologies,](https://intesettech.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```inteset_plug_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![plug product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1321/image/)
The plug supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Z-Wave Plug - Single Outlet (w/ wattage meter)
### Inclusion Information
Touch the code button on plug 3 times rapidly. LED will flash yellow/green 5 times.
### Exclusion Information
Touch the code button on plug 3 times rapidly. LED will flash pink/blue 5 times.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the plug -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the plug.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Send Meter Report Enable | Defines disable/enable meter report measure data to gateway |
| 2 | Meter Report Interval | Defines interval time (in seconds) that the meter report data will be sent to the z-wave gateway |
| 3 | Maximum Over-Load Current | Defines maximum current which power plug can provide for household load that is connected to the plug. |
| 4 | Maximum Alarm Current | Defines maximum current. If load is greater than this parameter, the LED light will flash yellow. |
| 5 | LED Display | Defines LED funtion (on/off) |
| 6 | Configure Power Report | Defines how much power variation rate should reach to make the power plug report to the gateway. |
| 7 | Remember Relay Status | Defines the relay status to be remembered or not. If remembered, plug would keep the relay status to be the same as the status before disconnection. |
| 8 | Plug Time Switch Function | Defines the timer function enable/disable. Time period defined in parameter 9. |
| 9 | Time Switch Period | Defines the time period that the plug will be switched off automatically. |
| 10 | Button On/Off Enable | Enable/Disable the on/off function of the button on the device |
| 11 | Clear Accumulated Energy | Clears accumulated energy saved in the plug |
| 12 | Meter Enable | Enable/Disable the meter function |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: Send Meter Report Enable
Defines disable/enable meter report measure data to gateway
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Meter Report Interval
Defines interval time (in seconds) that the meter report data will be sent to the z-wave gateway
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```300```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Maximum Over-Load Current
Defines maximum current which power plug can provide for household load that is connected to the plug.
Values in the range 1 to 16 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```13```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Maximum Alarm Current
Defines maximum current. If load is greater than this parameter, the LED light will flash yellow.
Values in the range 1 to 16 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```13```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: LED Display
Defines LED funtion (on/off)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Configure Power Report
Defines how much power variation rate should reach to make the power plug report to the gateway.
Values in the range 1 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Remember Relay Status
Defines the relay status to be remembered or not. If remembered, plug would keep the relay status to be the same as the status before disconnection.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Plug Time Switch Function
Defines the timer function enable/disable. Time period defined in parameter 9.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Time Switch Period
Defines the time period that the plug will be switched off automatically.
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```150```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Button On/Off Enable
Enable/Disable the on/off function of the button on the device
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Clear Accumulated Energy
Clears accumulated energy saved in the plug
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Meter Enable
Enable/Disable the meter function
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The plug supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Sends control commands to associated devices
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
Sends notifications to associtaed devices in this group.
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Inteset-PowerPlug-UserManual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1321/reference/Inteset-PowerPlug-UserManual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1321).

139
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/leviton/zw15rz_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW15R - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW15R Tamper-Resistant Z-Wave Outlet - Model ZW15R
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW15R*, manufactured by *Leviton* with the thing type UID of ```leviton_zw15rz_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![ZW15R product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1319/image/)
The ZW15R supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
The Decora Smart branded Z-Wave enabled outlet is designed for use with modern Z-Wave hubs.
This product can be operated in any Z-Wave network with other Z-Wave certified devices from other manufacturers. Your outlet will act as a repeater in the network to increase the reliability of the network.
### Inclusion Information
1. To enter programming mode, hold the button for 7seconds.  The status light will turn amber. Release and the status light will blink.
2. Follow the Z-Wave controller instructions to enter inclusion mode.
3. Tap the button one time.  The status light will quickly flash green.
4. The Z-Wave controller will confirm successful inclusion to the network.
### Exclusion Information
1. To enter programming mode, hold the button for 7seconds.  The status light will turn amber. Release and the status light will blink.
2. Follow Z-Wave controller directions to enter exclusion mode.
3. Tap the the top of the paddle 1 time. The status light will quickly flash green.
4. The Z-Wave controller will remove the device from the network.
When removing a device from a network it is best practice to use the exclusion process. In situations where a device needs to be returned to factory default follow the following steps. A reset should only be used when a controller is inoperable or missing.
1. After holding the button for 7 seconds, the status light will turn amber. Continue holding the button for another 7 seconds (total of 14 seconds). Light will quickly flash red/amber.
2. Release the button and the device will reset.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW15R -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the ZW15R.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 7 | Status LED Configuration | Allow turning the status LED to various modes (off, status, locator) |
### Parameter 7: Status LED Configuration
Allow turning the status LED to various modes (off, status, locator)
0 = LED Off
254 = Status Mode
255 = Locater Mode
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW15R supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Controller
Lifeline
Command Class: 0x5A01, 0x2503 and Ox8703
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_INDICATOR_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Product Data Sheet](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1319/reference/20_RSN_GRE_0-31_Zwave_Rec_spec_sheet_v1p5.pdf)
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1319/reference/DG-000-ZW15R-02A.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1319).

116
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/linear/gd00z8gc_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GD00Z-8-GC - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GD00Z-8-GC Garage Door Opener
This describes the Z-Wave device *GD00Z-8-GC*, manufactured by *Linear Corp* with the thing type UID of ```linear_gd00z8gc_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Garage Door*, defining Garage Door.
![GD00Z-8-GC product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1323/image/)
The GD00Z-8-GC supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
A garage door remote command transceiver with built-in Z-Wave technology
### Inclusion Information
Press and release the link button
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the link button
### General Usage Information
Press the LINK button 5 times to reset the unit.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GD00Z-8-GC -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_access | alarm_access | Door | Switch |
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (access)
Indicates if the access control alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_access``` channel is of type ```alarm_access``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GD00Z-8-GC supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BARRIER_OPERATOR_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1323/reference/GoControl_GD00Z-8-GC_Manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1323).

4
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/logic/zdb5100_0_0.md
View File

@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ MATRIX’ remove function is initiated by pressing once on the centre switch (I
MATRIX can be factory reset by holding the centre switch (I) under the pushbutton cover, for at least 10 seconds. By following this procedure, all configuration parameters and the device network address will be reset back to the values they had when the device was manufactured.
### General Usage Information
Note that by default, polling of the binary switch returns the state of the the LED, and not the state of the switch. To change this, you must change parameters 19, 27, 35 and 43 to the value 2 (“As if pushbutton activated”).
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDB5100 -:

3
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/mcohome/mhs411_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,9 @@ title: MH-S411 - ZWave
# MH-S411 Touch Panel Switch (Single)
This describes the Z-Wave device *MH-S411*, manufactured by *[McoHome Technology Co., Ltd](http://www.mcohome.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```mcohome_mhs411_00_000```.
![MH-S411 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/279/image/)
The MH-S411 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview

1
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/mcohome/tps411_0_0.md
View File

@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ title: TPS411 - ZWave
# TPS411 Touch Panel Switch 1 Button
This describes the Z-Wave device *TPS411*, manufactured by *[McoHome Technology Co., Ltd](http://www.mcohome.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```mcohome_tps411_00_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 5.5
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.

132
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/nice/ibt4_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: IBT4 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# IBT4 BusT4-Z-Wave interface
This describes the Z-Wave device *IBT4*, manufactured by *Nice* with the thing type UID of ```nice_ibt4_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Garage Door*, defining Garage Door.
![IBT4 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1320/image/)
The IBT4 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
The BiDi-ZWave accessory is a device that – by means of Z-Wave™ communication – allows for controlling the
movement and status of Gate&Door-type Nice automations compatible with the BUS T4 (Opera) protocol.
### Inclusion Information
Press and release the S1 button 3 times
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the S1 button 3 times
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the IBT4 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_access | alarm_access | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Alarm (system)
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (access)
Indicates if the access control alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_access``` channel is of type ```alarm_access``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The IBT4 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_INDICATOR_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1320/reference/IBT4ZWAVE-EN.pdf)
* [Tech Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1320/reference/IBT4ZWAVE-T-v0.7.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1320).

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/qubino/zmnhcd_0_0.md
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: ZMNHCD - ZWave
# ZMNHCD Flush Shutter
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZMNHCD*, manufactured by *[Goap](http://www.qubino.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```qubino_zmnhcd_00_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 4.0
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 4.1
The device is in the category of *Blinds*, defining Roller shutters, window blinds, etc..
@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ To enable endpoint 2 (lamella tilt for venetian blinds), follow the procedure:
* press push button I1 five times within 3s (5 times change switch state within 3 seconds) in the first 60 seconds after the module is connected to the power supply or
* press service button S (only applicable for 24 V SELV supply voltage) for more than 6 second. 
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZMNHCD -:

699
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/rehau/reguard_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RE.GUARD - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RE.GUARD Water leakage detector and meter
This describes the Z-Wave device *RE.GUARD*, manufactured by *REHAU AG + Co* with the thing type UID of ```rehau_reguard_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Valve*, defining Valves used to control water or gas. e.g. a flow stop valve..
![RE.GUARD product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1233/image/)
The RE.GUARD supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
The Rehau RE.GUARD is a water manager which protects your home against water leakages and measures your consumption of water.
It has a highly sophisticated water meter and pressure meter built inside. Its algorithms are able to detect very small microleakages as well as larger leakages like e.g. pipe bursts. The sensibility can be adapted to your needs.
Furthermore statistics of your water consumption can be created to help you save water.
This product is available at your professional plumber.
### Inclusion Information
Press Z-wave button for 3 seconds 
### Exclusion Information
Press Z-wave button 3 times in 3 seconds
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RE.GUARD -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Open/Close | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Sensor (water_flow) | sensor_waterflow | sensor_waterflow | | |
| Sensor (water_temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Sensor (water_pressure) | sensor_waterpressure | sensor_waterpressure | | |
| water meter (m³) | meter_water_cubic_meters | meter_water_cubic_meters | Water | Number |
| Alarm (flood) | alarm_flood | alarm_flood | Water | Switch |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (water_valve) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Time | Number |
### Open/Close
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Sensor (water_flow)
Channel type information on this channel is not found.
### Sensor (water_temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Sensor (water_pressure)
Channel type information on this channel is not found.
### water meter (m³)
Indicates the instantaneous water consumption.
The ```meter_water_cubic_meters``` channel is of type ```meter_water_cubic_meters``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (flood)
Indicates if the flood alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_flood``` channel is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (system)
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (water_valve)
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Clock Time Offset
Provides the current time difference for the devices time.
The ```time_offset``` channel is of type ```time_offset``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Time``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 40 configuration parameters available in the RE.GUARD.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | operation mode | 0 valve always off; 1 user absent/holiday; 2 user present; 3 valve always on |
| 4 | fixed schedule time - hours | fixed schedule time hour for microleakage test |
| 5 | fixed schedule time - minutes | fixed schedule time minute for microleakage test |
| 6 | fixed schedule day | fixed day in bin 1111111, Su=1, Sa=2, Fr=4, Th=8, We=16, Tu=32, Mo=64, 0= auto |
| 7 | automatic schedule time interval | automatic schedule time interval between microlekage tests, if not fixed |
| 8 | micro leakage mesuring time | micro leakage mesuring time, time of closed valve |
| 9 | micro leakage pressure drop | pressure drop for microleakage detection recognition |
| 10 | micro leakage pressure drop abort | pressure drop in kPa |
| 11 | number of measurements | how many in one time period |
| 12 | wait time until next measurement | waiting time in minutes between two meassurements |
| 13 | reaction to micro leakage | 0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED andshut off valve |
| 14 | macro leakage detected | 0 = no leackage 1 = leakage |
| 15 | max flow rate if operation mode is 2 | max flow rate if operation mode is 2 |
| 16 | max pressure drop if operation mode is 2 | max pressure drop if operation mode is 2 |
| 17 | max liters if operation mode is 2 | max liters single water abstraction if operation mode is 2 |
| 18 | max continuous liter if operation mode is 2 | max liter continuous water abstraction if operation mode is 2 |
| 19 | max time if operation mode is 2 | max time of single water abstraction if operation mode is 2 |
| 20 | max continious time if operation mode is 2 | max time of continous water abstraction if operation mode is 2 |
| 21 | max flow rate if operation mode is 1 | max flow rate if operation mode is 1 |
| 22 | max pressure drop if operation mode is 1 | max pressure drop if operation mode is 1 |
| 23 | max liters if operation mode is 1 | max liters non continous water abstraction if operation mode is 1 |
| 24 | max continuous liter if operation mode is 1 | max liters continuous water abstraction if operation mode is 2 |
| 25 | max time if operation mode is 1 | max time of single water abstraction if operation mode is 1 |
| 26 | max continuous time if operation mode is 1 | max time of continous water abstraction if operation mode is 1 |
| 27 | macro leakage deactivation time | temporary macro leakage deactivation (e.g. filling pool) |
| 28 | reaction to macro leakage | 0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED and shut off valve |
| 29 | flooding sensor detected a leak | 0-no leakage, 1- flooding sensor detected leakage |
| 30 | reaction to flooding sensor | 0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED and shut off valve |
| 31 | backup battery nominal voltage | Nominal voltage of backup battery |
| 32 | backup battery nominal capacity | Nominal capacity of backup battery |
| 37 | time set correctly | 1 = time is set correctly, 0 = time is not set correctly |
| 38 | total operating time | Counting total operation time internally |
| 39 | operating time since last power on | operating time since last power on |
| 49 | auto absent | 0 = disable, 1-168h time after no use, operation mode is changed to 1 (absent) |
| 50 | water temperature high threshold | water temperature high threshold for warning of sanitary problems |
| 51 | water temperature low threshold | water temperature low threshold for warning of risk of frost |
| 52 | water pressure high threshold | water pressure high threshold for warning of values above valid operating cond. |
| 53 | water pressure low threshold | water pressure high threshold for warning of values below valid operating cond. |
| 54 | error code | error code to identify the reason of a warning or fault |
| 56 | autolearning | automatic adaption of limits, set ids 15-26 to learned values |
### Parameter 1: operation mode
0 valve always off; 1 user absent/holiday; 2 user present; 3 valve always on
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | valve always off |
| 1 | user absent/holiday |
| 2 | user present |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (user present).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: fixed schedule time - hours
fixed schedule time hour for microleakage test
Values in the range 0 to 23 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: fixed schedule time - minutes
fixed schedule time minute for microleakage test
Values in the range 0 to 59 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: fixed schedule day
fixed day in bin 1111111, Su=1, Sa=2, Fr=4, Th=8, We=16, Tu=32, Mo=64, 0= auto
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```127```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: automatic schedule time interval
automatic schedule time interval between microlekage tests, if not fixed
Values in the range 0 to 168 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```24```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: micro leakage mesuring time
micro leakage mesuring time, time of closed valve
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: micro leakage pressure drop
pressure drop for microleakage detection recognition
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: micro leakage pressure drop abort
pressure drop in kPa
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: number of measurements
how many in one time period
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: wait time until next measurement
waiting time in minutes between two meassurements
Values in the range 0 to 60 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: reaction to micro leakage
0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED andshut off valve
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: macro leakage detected
0 = no leackage 1 = leakage
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 15: max flow rate if operation mode is 2
max flow rate if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 16: max pressure drop if operation mode is 2
max pressure drop if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 17: max liters if operation mode is 2
max liters single water abstraction if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```400```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 18: max continuous liter if operation mode is 2
max liter continuous water abstraction if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```400```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 19: max time if operation mode is 2
max time of single water abstraction if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 1440 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 20: max continious time if operation mode is 2
max time of continous water abstraction if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 1440 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```60```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: max flow rate if operation mode is 1
max flow rate if operation mode is 1
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3680```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 22: max pressure drop if operation mode is 1
max pressure drop if operation mode is 1
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 23: max liters if operation mode is 1
max liters non continous water abstraction if operation mode is 1
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_23_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 24: max continuous liter if operation mode is 1
max liters continuous water abstraction if operation mode is 2
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_24_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 25: max time if operation mode is 1
max time of single water abstraction if operation mode is 1
Values in the range 0 to 1440 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_25_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 26: max continuous time if operation mode is 1
max time of continous water abstraction if operation mode is 1
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_26_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 27: macro leakage deactivation time
temporary macro leakage deactivation (e.g. filling pool)
Values in the range 1 to 168 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_27_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 28: reaction to macro leakage
0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED and shut off valve
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_28_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 29: flooding sensor detected a leak
0-no leakage, 1- flooding sensor detected leakage
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_29_1_wo``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 30: reaction to flooding sensor
0=disable detection, 1=blink LED, 2= blink LED and shut off valve
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_30_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 31: backup battery nominal voltage
Nominal voltage of backup battery
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```6000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_31_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 32: backup battery nominal capacity
Nominal capacity of backup battery
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_32_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 37: time set correctly
1 = time is set correctly, 0 = time is not set correctly
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 38: total operating time
Counting total operation time internally
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 39: operating time since last power on
operating time since last power on
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 49: auto absent
0 = disable, 1-168h time after no use, operation mode is changed to 1 (absent)
Values in the range 0 to 168 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_49_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 50: water temperature high threshold
water temperature high threshold for warning of sanitary problems
Values in the range -1000 to 1000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```250```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_50_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 51: water temperature low threshold
water temperature low threshold for warning of risk of frost
Values in the range -1000 to 1000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_51_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 52: water pressure high threshold
water pressure high threshold for warning of values above valid operating cond.
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_52_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 53: water pressure low threshold
water pressure high threshold for warning of values below valid operating cond.
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_53_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 54: error code
error code to identify the reason of a warning or fault
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_54_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 56: autolearning
automatic adaption of limits, set ids 15-26 to learned values
automatic adaption of limits set ids 15-26 to learned values (only if the last 40 days are ok - no leakage) 
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_56_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RE.GUARD supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Connection to Gateway
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Valve Status
Sends status of valve
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Leakage alarm
Sends notification in case of leackage
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_V9| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V4| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V4| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CLOCK_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [User Guide](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1233/reference/multi-language-small.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1233).

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/steinel/rsledd2_0_0.md
View File

@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the RS LED D2 Z-Wave -
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | | Number |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number 1 | scene_number1 | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm (burglar) 2 | alarm_burglar2 | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance3 | sensor_luminance | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
@ -82,11 +82,6 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (luminance)
Indicates the current light reading.
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel is of type ```sensor_luminance``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (system)
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
@ -133,6 +128,11 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Sensor (luminance)
Indicates the current light reading.
The ```sensor_luminance3``` channel is of type ```sensor_luminance``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration

227
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/sunricher/4512581_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Heatit Z-Push Button 8 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Heatit Z-Push Button 8 Wall Mounted Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *Heatit Z-Push Button 8*, manufactured by *[Sunricher](www.sunricher.com)* with the thing type UID of ```sunricher_4512581_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![Heatit Z-Push Button 8 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1077/image/)
The Heatit Z-Push Button 8 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The Heatit Z-Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 is a battery operated wall switch with 8 push buttons. The switch enables you to control the Z-Wave- products in your smart home system. Managing your Z-Wave products becomes easy and practical. The switch can be set up to control scenarios or work in associations with other Z-Wave products.
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 can control up to 4 seperate association groups with up to 20 products or up to 16 scenarios through your gateway.
**Functions:**
* Battery operated wall switch
* Fits Gira System 55, Elko RS-16 and Schneider Exxact
* Controls 4 separate groups and up to 20 units
* Controls up to 16 scenarios via your gateway
* LED-diode
* Easy to install with screws or double-sided tape
* Supports encryption modes S0, S2 Authenticated Class, S2 Unauthenticated Class
### Inclusion Information
**Step 1.** Make sure the remote control does not belong to any Z-Wave network, short press on any button, if LED indicator does not turn on, the remote control does not belong to any network, then continue to step 2, if LED indicator turns on, it means the remote control has already been added to a network, please first set the remote control to removing mode (see exclusion information), then continue to step 2.
**Step 2.** Set primary controller/gateway into adding mode.
**Step 3.** Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 our 3 seconds, LED indicator, the remote control will be set to adding mode, and waiting to be added, after 10s LED indicator blinks 6 times quickly to indicate successful adding.
### Exclusion Information
There are two removing methods.
**Method 1:** Removing from the primary controller/gateway as follows:
1. Set the primary controller/gateway into removing mode.
2. Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 over 3 seconds, LED indicator turns on, the remote control will be set to removing mode, and waiting to be removed, after 7s LED indicator blinks 4 times quickly to indicate successful removing.
**Method 2:** Factory reset the remote control will force the remote control to be removed from a network.
A factory reset is done by press and holding down buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 together for over 10 seconds, LED indicator turns on and then blinks 4 times quickly to indicate successful factory reset.
_Note:_ Factory reset is not recommended for removing, please use this procedure only if the primary controller/gateway is missing or otherwise inoperable.
### Wakeup Information
The Heatit Z-Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
The remote control is under sleepy mode for most of the time to save battery power. It can not receive wireless commands under sleepy mode. Before the gateway interacts data with the remote, the remote control shall be activated manually first. Short press any button to activate the remote control for 3s, and press and hold down **I** and **O** buttons of the Group 2 together over 1 second to activate the remote control for 7s.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Heatit Z-Push Button 8 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the Heatit Z-Push Button 8.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | factory reset | factory reset |
| | Wakeup Interval | Sets the interval at which the device will accept commands from the controller |
| | Wakeup Node | Sets the node ID of the device to receive the wakeup notifications |
### Parameter 1: factory reset
factory reset
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | normal operation |
| 21930 | factory reset |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (normal operation).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Interval
The wakeup interval sets the period at which the device will listen for messages from the controller. This is required for battery devices that sleep most of the time in order to conserve battery life. The device will wake up at this interval and send a message to the controller to tell it that it can accept messages - after a few seconds, it will go back to sleep if there is no further communications.
This setting is defined in *seconds*. It is advisable not to set this interval too short or it could impact battery life. A period of 1 hour (3600 seconds) is suitable in most instances.
Note that this setting does not affect the devices ability to send sensor data, or notification events.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_interval``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Node
When sleeping devices wake up, they send a notification to a listening device. Normally, this device is the network controller, and normally the controller will set this automatically to its own address.
In the event that the network contains multiple controllers, it may be necessary to configure this to a node that is not the main controller. This is an advanced setting and should not be changed without a full understanding of the impact.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_node``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Heatit Z-Push Button 8 supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
1. Send Command Class "Device Reset Locally Notification V1" to associated devices of the group to report factory reset information when factory reset the remote control.
2. When remote control battery power value changes, send Command Class "Battery Report V1" to associated devices of this group to report power value information.
3. Short press or press and hold any button to send scene activation command to the associated devices of this group using Command Class "Central Scene Notification V3".
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Launch 1
Short press **I/O** button of Group 2 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 2 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Launch 2
Short press **I/O** button of Group 3 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 3 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Launch 3
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Launch 4
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 5 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
### Documentation Links
* [Product sheet](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1077/reference/Heatit-Z-Push-Button-8.pdf)
* [Norweian Installers Manual - Z-Push Button 8](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1077/reference/anual-heatit-z-push-button-8-fw-1-25-ver2018-a.pdf)
* [English Installers Manual - Z-Push Button 8](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1077/reference/a4-manual-heatit-z-push-button-8-fw-1-25-ver2018-b.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1077).

428
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/sunricher/9040_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: 9040 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# 9040 In Wall Dimmer module
This describes the Z-Wave device *9040*, manufactured by *[Sunricher](www.sunricher.com)* with the thing type UID of ```sunricher_9040_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Battery*, defining Batteries, Energy Storages.
![9040 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1315/image/)
The 9040 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Z-Wave Built-in receiver with dimmer function. Control input, AC 230V / DC 12V, for Pushdim. Max 400 W resistive load, 200 W LED. Front edge / Rear dimmer, adjustable lowest level. Compatible with Nexa Bridge and other Z-Wave controllers.
### Inclusion Information
Press the "Reset" button 3 times within 3 seconds or
press 3 times on connected switch within 3 seconds
### Exclusion Information
Set the Z-Wave controller in the exclusion mode (see controller's manual)
Press the "Reset" button 3 times within 3 seconds
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 9040 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (system)
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 17 configuration parameters available in the 9040.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 2 | State after Power Failure | State after Power Failure |
| 3 | Basic Report on Load Change | Basic Report on Load Change |
| 4 | Default Fade Time | Default Fade Time in Seconds |
| 5 | Minimum Brightness Value | Minimum Brightness Value |
| 6 | Maximum Brightness Value | Maximum Brightness Value |
| 7 | MOSFET driving type | MOSFET driving type |
| 8 | External Switch Type | External Switch Type |
| 9 | External Switch network management | External Switch network management |
| 10 | Detect Load after Power On | Detect Load after Power On |
| 11 | Wiring Type | Wiring Type |
| 12 | Load Type | Load Type |
| 13 | Over Current Protection | Over Current Protection |
| 15 | Power Report Percent Threshold | Power Report Percent Threshold |
| 21 | Power Metering Cycle | Power Metering Cycle |
| 22 | Energy Metering Cycle | Energy Metering Cycle |
| 23 | Voltage Metering Cycle | Voltage Metering Cycle |
| 24 | Current Metering Cycle | Current Metering Cycle |
### Parameter 2: State after Power Failure
State after Power Failure
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Power Off |
| 1 | Power On |
| 2 | Restore Previous State |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Restore Previous State).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Basic Report on Load Change
Basic Report on Load Change
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enable).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Default Fade Time
Default Fade Time in Seconds
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 127 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Instantly |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Minimum Brightness Value
Minimum Brightness Value
Higher number is higher minimum brightness
Values in the range 0 to 50 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Maximum Brightness Value
Maximum Brightness Value
Higher is brighter
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: MOSFET driving type
MOSFET driving type
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | trailing edge |
| 1 | leading edge |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (trailing edge).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: External Switch Type
External Switch Type
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Push Button |
| 1 | Normal on/off |
| 2 | 3-way |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Push Button).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: External Switch network management
External Switch network management
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enable).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Detect Load after Power On
Detect Load after Power On
detect load type, minimum brightness, maximum brightness
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable every time |
| 2 | Enable only after first power on |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Disable).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 11: Wiring Type
Wiring Type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Unknown |
| 1 | 2 Wire with no Neutral |
| 2 | 3 Wire with Neutral |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Unknown).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 12: Load Type
Load Type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Unknown |
| 1 | Resistive |
| 2 | Inductive |
| 3 | Capacitive |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Unknown).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 13: Over Current Protection
Over Current Protection
Over 1.5A for 20 seconds continuously
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disabled |
| 1 | Enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Power Report Percent Threshold
Power Report Percent Threshold
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: Power Metering Cycle
Power Metering Cycle
Default 600 is 10 minutes
Values in the range 5 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 22: Energy Metering Cycle
Energy Metering Cycle
Default 1800 is 30 minutes
Values in the range 5 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1800```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 23: Voltage Metering Cycle
Voltage Metering Cycle
Values in the range 5 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_23_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 24: Current Metering Cycle
Current Metering Cycle
Values in the range 5 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_24_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The 9040 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [manual.pdf](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1315/reference/SR-ZV9040A-A_Micro_Smart_Dimmer.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1315).

246
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/thermofloor/4512581_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Heatit Z Push Button 8 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Heatit Z Push Button 8 Wall Mounted Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *Heatit Z Push Button 8*, manufactured by *ThermoFloor* with the thing type UID of ```thermofloor_4512581_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![Heatit Z Push Button 8 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997/image/)
The Heatit Z Push Button 8 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The Heatit Z Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 is a battery operated wall switch with 8 push buttons. The switch enables you to control the Z-Wave- products in your smart home system. Managing your Z-Wave products becomes easy and practical. The switch can be set up to control scenarios or work in associations with other Z-Wave products.
Heatit Z-Push Button 8 can control up to 4 seperate association groups with up to 20 products or up to 16 scenarios through your gateway.
**Functions:**
* Battery operated wall switch
* Fits Gira System 55, Elko RS-16 and Schneider Exxact
* Controls 4 separate groups and up to 20 units
* Controls up to 16 scenarios via your gateway
* LED-diode
* Easy to install with screws or double-sided tape
* Supports encryption modes S0, S2 Authenticated Class, S2 Unauthenticated Class
### Inclusion Information
**Step 1.** Make sure the remote control does not belong to any Z-Wave network, short press on any button, if LED indicator does not turn on, the remote control does not belong to any network, then continue to step 2, if LED indicator turns on, it means the remote control has already been added to a network, please first set the remote control to removing mode (see exclusion information), then continue to step 2.
**Step 2.** Set primary controller/gateway into adding mode.
**Step 3.** Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 our 3 seconds, LED indicator, the remote control will be set to adding mode, and waiting to be added, after 10s LED indicator blinks 6 times quickly to indicate successful adding.
### Exclusion Information
There are two removing methods.
**Method 1:** Removing from the primary controller/gateway as follows:
1. Set the primary controller/gateway into removing mode.
2. Press and hold down both buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 over 3 seconds, LED indicator turns on, the remote control will be set to removing mode, and waiting to be removed, after 7s LED indicator blinks 4 times quickly to indicate successful removing.
**Method 2:** Factory reset the remote control will force the remote control to be removed from a network.
A factory reset is done by press and holding down buttons **I** and **O** of Group 2 together for over 10 seconds, LED indicator turns on and then blinks 4 times quickly to indicate successful factory reset.
_Note:_ Factory reset is not recommended for removing, please use this procedure only if the primary controller/gateway is missing or otherwise inoperable.
### Wakeup Information
The Heatit Z Push Button 8 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
The remote control is under sleepy mode for most of the time to save battery power. It can not receive wireless commands under sleepy mode. Before the gateway interacts data with the remote, the remote control shall be activated manually first. Short press any button to activate the remote control for 3s, and press and hold down **I** and **O** buttons of the Group 2 together over 1 second to activate the remote control for 7s.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Heatit Z Push Button 8 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Switch | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer1 | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer2 | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer3 | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer4 | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer1``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer2``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer3``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer4``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Heatit Z Push Button 8 supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
1. Send Command Class "Device Reset Locally Notification V1" to associated devices of the group to report factory reset information when factory reset the remote control.
2. When remote control battery power value changes, send Command Class "Battery Report V1" to associated devices of this group to report power value information.
3. Short press or press and hold any button to send scene activation command to the associated devices of this group using Command Class "Central Scene Notification V3".
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Launch 1
Short press **I/O** button of Group 2 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 2 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Launch 2
Short press **I/O** button of Group 3 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 3 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Launch 3
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Launch 4
Short press **I/O** button of Group 4 to send ON/OFF command to associated devices of the group using Command Class "Basic Set V2".
Press and hold down **I/O** button Group 4 to send light intensity increase/decrease command to associated devices of this group using Command Class "Multilevel V4"
Association group 5 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
#### Endpoint 1
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V4| Linked to BASIC|
#### Endpoint 2
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V4| Linked to BASIC|
#### Endpoint 3
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V4| Linked to BASIC|
#### Endpoint 4
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V4| Linked to BASIC|
### Documentation Links
* [Product sheet](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997/reference/Heatit-Z-Push-Button-8.pdf)
* [Norwegian Installers Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997/reference/anual-heatit-z-push-button-2-fw-1-25-ver2018-a.pdf)
* [Norweian Installers Manual - Z-Push Button 8](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997/reference/anual-heatit-z-push-button-8-fw-1-25-ver2018-a.pdf)
* [English Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997/reference/Heat-it-Z-Push-button-8-manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/997).

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/tkb/tz10_0_0.md
View File

@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
The thermostat will recover the operating mode after a power failure.
The following option values may be configured -:
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
@ -124,7 +124,13 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The TZ10 supports 1 association group.
The TZ10 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: State control

9
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/tkb/tz78_0_0.md
View File

@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Edge or Pulse mode or EdgeToggle mode
Edge mode: this mode is suitable for the bi stable wall switch that has indicator point on the switch, and the same position correspond to same state of relay1.
Pulse mode: this mode is suitable for the toggle type wall switch to swap the state of Relay1.
Edge-Toggle mode: this mode is suitable for the normal bi-stable switch, every time when change the state of the wall switch will also swap the state of Relay1.
The following option values may be configured -:
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 1 to 3 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```I
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The TZ78 supports 1 association group.
The TZ78 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
@ -135,6 +135,11 @@ The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designe
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: On/Off
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

7
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ufairy/gr105_0_0.md
View File

@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ title: GR-105 - ZWave
# GR-105 Water Shutoff Valve
This describes the Z-Wave device *GR-105*, manufactured by *UFairy G.R. Tech* with the thing type UID of ```ufairy_gr105_00_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 10.0
The device is in the category of *Valve*, defining Valves used to control water or gas. e.g. a flow stop valve..
@ -31,6 +32,10 @@ With controller in exclusion mode, triple-press valve button within 1 second t
Holding the valve button for more than 10 seconds resets to factory default settings.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GR-105 -:
@ -84,7 +89,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Documentation Links
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/438/GR-105-EU-B.pdf)
* [User Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/438/reference/GR-105-EU-B.pdf)
---

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ufairy/gr105_10_0.md
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ This valve clamps onto your existing valve, allowing you to open/close the valve
Add/Delete button: the red button on the upper-front side.
Press hold 1 second and release it is sending NIF signal, make sure the Z-Wave controller in the rang for inclusion or exclusion.
Press hold 1 second and release it is sending NIF signal, make sure the Z-Wave controller in the range for inclusion or exclusion.
Notice: it is recommended to keep the device within 1 meter to the controller during Add/Delete operation. If the controller has not received the signal, please repeat again.
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Notice: it is recommended to keep the device within 1 meter to the controller du
Add/Delete button: the red button on the upper-front side.
Press hold 1 second and release it is sending NIF signal, make sure the Z-Wave controller in the rang for inclusion or exclusion.
Press hold 1 second and release it is sending NIF signal, make sure the Z-Wave controller in the range for inclusion or exclusion.
Notice: it is recommended to keep the device within 1 meter to the controller during Add/Delete operation. If the controller has not received the signal, please repeat again.
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Notice: it is recommended to keep the device within 1 meter to the controller du
Reset to default:
Press and hold the button 10 seconds and release the button. The device will send the reset notication to the list node in the group 1 and erases the device memory, when the light ash it is resetting success.
Press and hold the button 10 seconds and release the button. The device will send the reset notification to the list node in the group 1 and erases the device memory, when the light flash it is resetting success.
### General Usage Information

5
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen16_0_0.md
View File

@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ title: ZEN16 - ZWave
# ZEN16 Multirelay
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZEN16*, manufactured by *[Zooz](http://www.getzooz.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```zooz_zen16_00_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 1.0
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
@ -138,7 +139,6 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | garage door |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
@ -156,7 +156,6 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | garage door |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | garage door |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
@ -426,7 +424,6 @@ Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1176/reference/zooz-s2-multirelay-zen16-ver1-0-manual-online.pdf)
* [manual for firmware 1.0.2](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1176/reference/zooz-s2-multirelay-zen16-ver1-02-manual-1.pdf)
---

682
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen16_1_10.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZEN16 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZEN16 Multirelay
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZEN16*, manufactured by *[Zooz](http://www.getzooz.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```zooz_zen16_01_010```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions 1.10 to 1.30
The device is in the category of *Battery*, defining Batteries, Energy Storages.
![ZEN16 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1326/image/)
The ZEN16 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
**Features**
* Powerful dry contact relays to control loads up to 15 A and 20 A
* Perfect for outdoor lighting, pool pumps, garage door, or gas fireplace
* Control up to 3 connected loads independently or together
* Z-Wave or optional wall switch control (toggle or momentary type)
* Built-in timers for each relay to simplify automation
* Remembers and restores on/off status after power failure
* Built-in Z-Wave Plus signal repeater to extend network range
* Powered by 12-24 V DC/AC or USB C port for easy set-up
* Wall mounting and minimal design for clean installation
* S2 security protocol and the latest 500 Z-Wave chip
**Specifications**
* Model Number: ZEN16
* Z-Wave Signal Frequency: 908.42 MHz
* Power: 12-24 V DC/AC or USB C
* Maximum Load: Relay 1: 15A (HP), R2: 15A (HP), R3: 20A (HP)
* Range: Up to 100 feet line of sight
* Operating Temperature: 32-104° F (0-40° C)
* Installation and Use: Indoor only
### Inclusion Information
1. Start Z-Wave inclusion.
2. Quickly press the Z-Wave button 3 times.
The LED indicator will blink to signal communication and remain on for 2 seconds to confirm inclusion.
### Exclusion Information
1. Start Z-Wave inclusion.
2. Quickly press the Z-Wave button 3 times.
The LED indicator will blink to signal communication and remain on for 2 seconds to confirm inclusion.
### General Usage Information
**Manual Control From The Z-Wave Button**
* 3 x tap: enter inclusion (pairing) mode
* 5 x tap: change LED indicator mode (see parameter 5)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZEN16 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kVAh) | meter_kvah | meter_kvah | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 3 | switch_binary3 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kVAh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kVAh).
The ```meter_kvah``` channel is of type ```meter_kvah``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 3
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary3``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 24 configuration parameters available in the ZEN16.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | On Off Status After Power Failure | Set the on off status for the relays after power failure |
| 2 | Switch Type for Relay 1 (Sw1) | Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw1 terminal |
| 3 | Switch Type for Relay 2 (Sw2) | Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw2 terminal |
| 4 | Switch Type for Relay 3 (Sw3) | Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw3 terminal. |
| 5 | LED Indicator Control | LED Indicator Control |
| 6 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 1 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 1 |
| 7 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 1 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 1 |
| 8 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 2 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 2 |
| 9 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 2 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 2 |
| 10 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 3 | Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 3 |
| 11 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 3 | Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 3 |
| 12 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw1 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw1 |
| 13 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw2 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw2 |
| 14 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw3 | Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw3 |
| 15 | Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 1 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 1 |
| 16 | Auto Timer-On Timer Unit for Relay 1 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 1 |
| 17 | Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 2 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 2 |
| 18 | Auto Timer-On Unit for Relay 2 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 2 |
| 19 | Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 3 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 3 |
| 20 | Auto Timer-On Timer Unit for Relay 3 | Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 3 |
| 21 | Relay 1 - Default Relay State | Decide whether you'd like Relay 1 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) |
| 22 | Relay 2 - Default Relay State | Decide whether you'd like Relay 2 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) |
| 23 | Relay 3 - Default Relay State | Decide whether you'd like Relay 3 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) |
| 24 | DC Motor Mode | Sync Relay 1 and Relay 2 together to prevent them from being activated at the same time |
### Parameter 1: On Off Status After Power Failure
Set the on off status for the relays after power failure
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | ALL relays forced to OFF |
| 1 | ALL relays restore on/off status (default) |
| 2 | ALL relays forced to ON |
| 3 | Relay 1 and 2 restore on/off status, Relay 3 OFF |
| 4 | Relay 1 and 2 restore on/off status, Relay 3 ON |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (ALL relays restore on/off status (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Switch Type for Relay 1 (Sw1)
Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw1 terminal
Press and hold the Z-Wave button for 5 seconds to change mode manually
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | Garage door switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Switch Type for Relay 2 (Sw2)
Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw2 terminal
Click-click’n’hold the Z-Wave button for 5 seconds to change mode manually.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | Garage door switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Switch Type for Relay 3 (Sw3)
Choose the wall switch type you want to connect to the Sw3 terminal.
Click-click-click’n’hold the Z-Wave button for 5 seconds to change mode manually
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Momentary switch |
| 1 | Normal |
| 2 | Toggle switch (default) |
| 3 | Garage door switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Toggle switch (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: LED Indicator Control
LED Indicator Control
Choose if you want the LED indicator to turn on when any of the relays are on or if all of them are off, or if you want it to remain on or off at all times.
Click the Z-Wave button 5 times quickly to change mode manually
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | ON when all relays OFF (default) |
| 1 | ON when any relay ON |
| 2 | LED indicator is always OFF |
| 3 | LED indicator is always ON |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (ON when all relays OFF (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 1
Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 1
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 1 to automatically turn off once it has been turned on. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 1
Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 1
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 1 to automatically turn on once it has been turned off. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 2
Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 2
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 2 to automatically turn off once it has been turned on. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 2
Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 2
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 2 to automatically turn on once it has been turned off. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 3
Auto Turn-Off Timer for Relay 3
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 3 to automatically turn off once it has been turned on. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 3
Auto Turn-On Timer for Relay 3
Use this parameter to set the time after which you want the device connected to Relay 3 to automatically turn on once it has been turned off. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 65535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer disabled (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer disabled (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw1
Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw1
Enable or disable physical on/off control of Relay 1 from the wall switch connected to Sw1 terminal. If disabled, you’ll only be able to control the connected device via Z-Wave.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enable (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw2
Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw2
Enable or disable physical on/off control of Relay 2 from the wall switch connected to Sw2 terminal. If disabled, you’ll only be able to control the connected device via Z-Wave.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enable (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw3
Enable/Disable Manual Control for Sw3
Enable or disable physical on/off control of Relay 3 from the wall switch connected to Sw3 terminal. If disabled, you’ll only be able to control the connected device via Z-Wave.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Disable |
| 1 | Enable (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Enable (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 1
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 1
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 16: Auto Timer-On Timer Unit for Relay 1
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 1
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 17: Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 2
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 2
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 18: Auto Timer-On Unit for Relay 2
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 2
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 19: Auto Timer-Off Timer Unit for Relay 3
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-off unit for Relay 3
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 20: Auto Timer-On Timer Unit for Relay 3
Use this parameter to choose between seconds, minutes, or hours to be used as the auto timer-on unit for Relay 3
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Minutes (default) |
| 1 | Seconds |
| 2 | Hours |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Minutes (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: Relay 1 - Default Relay State
Decide whether you'd like Relay 1 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC)
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on |
| 1 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's open / switch is on and o |
| 2 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's closed / switch is off an |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 22: Relay 2 - Default Relay State
Decide whether you'd like Relay 2 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC)
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on |
| 1 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's open / switch is on and o |
| 2 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's closed / switch is off an |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 23: Relay 3 - Default Relay State
Decide whether you'd like Relay 3 to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC)
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on |
| 1 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's open / switch is on and o |
| 2 | Normally closed (relay reports off when it's closed / switch is off an |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Normally open (relay reports off when it's open / switch is off and on).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_23_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 24: DC Motor Mode
Sync Relay 1 and Relay 2 together to prevent them from being activated at the same time
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | DC motor mode disabled (relays will always turn on whenever activated) |
| 1 | DC motor mode enabled (relay checks the status of the other relay afte |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (DC motor mode disabled (relays will always turn on whenever activated)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_24_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZEN16 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Relay 1
Send BASIC_SET reports when operated manually
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Relay 2
Send BASIC_SET reports when operated manually
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Relay 3
Send BASIC_SET reports when operated manually
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CHIMNEY_FAN_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_CONTROLLER_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
#### Endpoint 1
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
#### Endpoint 2
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
#### Endpoint 3
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1326/reference/zooz-s2-multirelay-zen16-ver1.02-manual_1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1326).

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen24_1_0.md
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: ZEN24 - ZWave
{% include base.html %}
# ZEN24 Toggle Dimmer v2
# ZEN24 Toggle Dimmer v1
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZEN24*, manufactured by *[Zooz](http://www.getzooz.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```zooz_zen24_01_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions 1.0 to 1.255
@ -54,6 +54,10 @@ If you are unable to include the Z-Wave switch to your controller, please try on
Please repeat the process following all steps carefully if the first attempt is unsuccessful.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZEN24 -:

351
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen24_4_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZEN24 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZEN24 Toggle Dimmer V4
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZEN24*, manufactured by *[Zooz](http://www.getzooz.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```zooz_zen24_04_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions above 4.0
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![ZEN24 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1318/image/)
The ZEN24 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
* Manual or Z-Wave on/off and brightness control
* **Direct 3-way:** worke with regular on/off switches in a 3-way (neutral wire required)
* Fully adjustable ramp rate for just the right on/off speed
* Double tap to full brightness feature
* **NEW:** optional scene control
* Remembers and restores on/off status after power failure
* Built-in Z-Wave Plus signal repeater to extend network range
* Works with LED and incandescent bulbs (don't use with fans or tubes)
### Inclusion Information
Toggle the switch up 5 or 6 times very quickly when adding it.
### Exclusion Information
Toggle the switch up 5 or 6 times very quickly when adding it.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZEN24 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the ZEN24.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Toggle Control | Controls behavior of the toggle switch |
| 3 | Auto Turn-Off Timer Enable | Auto Turn-Off Timer Enable |
| 4 | Auto Turn-Off Timer Time | Auto Turn-Off Timer Time |
| 5 | Auto Turn-On Timer Enable | Auto Turn-On Timer Enable |
| 6 | Auto Turn-On Timer Time | Auto Turn-On Timer Time |
| 8 | Status after Power Failure | Status after Power Failure |
| 9 | Ramp Rate Control | Ramp Rate Control |
| 10 | Minimum Brightness | Minimum Brightness |
| 11 | Maximum Brightness | Maximum Brightness |
| 12 | Double Tap Function | Double Tap Function |
| 13 | Scene Control Enable | Scene Control Enable |
| 14 | Double & Single Tap Enable | Double & Single Tap Enable |
| 15 | Local Toggle Control | Local Toggle Control |
### Parameter 1: Toggle Control
Controls behavior of the toggle switch
Choose if you want the to turn the light on by clicking the toggle up or down.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | UP turns light ON |
| 1 | DOWN turns light ON |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (UP turns light ON).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Auto Turn-Off Timer Enable
Auto Turn-Off Timer Enable
Enable or disable the auto turn-off timer function.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer Disabled |
| 1 | Timer Enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer Disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Auto Turn-Off Timer Time
Auto Turn-Off Timer Time
The number is in minutes.
Default: 60 minutes
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```60```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Auto Turn-On Timer Enable
Auto Turn-On Timer Enable
enable or disable the auto turn-on timer function.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Timer Disabled |
| 1 | Timer Enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Timer Disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Auto Turn-On Timer Time
Auto Turn-On Timer Time
number is in minutes
Default: 60 minutes
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```60```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Status after Power Failure
Status after Power Failure
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 1 | On |
| 2 | Restore Previous Status |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Restore Previous Status).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Ramp Rate Control
Ramp Rate Control
Number of seconds for the dimmer to reach full brightness or turn off when operated manually.
Default: 1 second
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Minimum Brightness
Minimum Brightness
Minimum brightness level (in %) for your dimmer.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Maximum Brightness
Maximum Brightness
Maximum brightness level (in %) for your dimmer.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```99```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Double Tap Function
Double Tap Function
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Full Brightness |
| 1 | Maximum Brightness Level (Parameter 11) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Full Brightness).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Scene Control Enable
Scene Control Enable
Enable or disable scene control for quick double tap triggers.
Find out how to make scene control work at www.support.getzooz.comThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Scene Control Disabled |
| 1 | Scene Control Enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Scene Control Disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Double & Single Tap Enable
Double & Single Tap Enable
Enable or disable the double-tap function and assign brightness level to single tap.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Double Tap Enabled |
| 1 | DT Disabled, Single Tap last brightness |
| 2 | DT Disabled, Single Tap to Full / Max Bruightness |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Double Tap Enabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Local Toggle Control
Local Toggle Control
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Local control DISABLED |
| 1 | Local control ENABLED |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Local control ENABLED).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZEN24 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Group 2
sends BASIC SET
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [ZEN24 Version2.0 manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1318/reference/zooz-z-wave-plus-toggle-dimmer-ZEN24-ver-2-manual.pdf)
* [ZEN24 Version2.0 manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1318/reference/ZEN24_Toggle_Dimmer_VER._4.01_Advanced_Settings.pdf)
* [ZEN24 Version4.01 advanced settings](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1318/reference/ZEN24_Toggle_Dimmer_VER._4.01_Advanced_Settings_1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1318).

628
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen27_3_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZEN27 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZEN27 Paddle Switch v3
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZEN27*, manufactured by *[Zooz](http://www.getzooz.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```zooz_zen27_03_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions above 3.0
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![ZEN27 product image](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1292/image/)
The ZEN27 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
* Manual or Z-Wave on/off and brightness control
* Simple Direct 3-Way: connect with existing on/off switches in 3-way,4-way, and 5-way set-ups, no add-on needed (neutral wire required)
* Fully adjustable ramp rate for just the right on/off speed
* Double tap to full brightness feature
* Remembers and restores on/off status after power failure
* Built-in Z-Wave Plus signal repeater to extend network range
* Extended compatibility with LED bulbs, no more flickering!
* S2 security protocol and the latest 500 Z-Wave chip
* Customizable LED indicator and air-gap switch for added safety
### Inclusion Information
1. Initiate inclusion (pairing) in the app (or web interface).
2. Finalize inclusion at the switch. TAP 3 TIMES QUICKLY. The LED indicator will blink to signal communication and remain on for 2 seconds to confirm inclusion.
### Exclusion Information
1. Initiate inclusion (pairing) in the app (or web interface).
2. Finalize inclusion at the switch. TAP 3 TIMES QUICKLY. The LED indicator will blink to signal communication and remain on for 2 seconds to confirm inclusion.
### General Usage Information
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZEN27 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
|----------|--------------------|
| 0 | Single key press |
| 1 | Key released |
| 2 | Key held down |
| 3 | Double keypress |
| 4 | Tripple keypress |
| 5 | 4 x keypress |
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 21 configuration parameters available in the ZEN27.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Paddle Orientation | Choose Paddle Functionality |
| 2 | LED Indicator Control | Change behavior of the LED indicator |
| 3 | Auto Turn-Off Timer | enable the Auto Turn-Off Timer |
| 4 | Auto Turn-Off Timer Duration | set Auto Turn-Off Timer Duration |
| 5 | Auto Turn-On Timer | enable the Auto Turn-On Timer |
| 6 | Auto Turn-On Timer Duration | set Auto Turn-On Timer Duration |
| 7 | Association Reports | Association Reports |
| 8 | On Off Status After Power Failure | Set the on off status for the switch after power failure. |
| 9 | Ramp Rate Control | Adjust the ramp rate for your dimmer |
| 10 | Minimum Brightness | Set the minimum brightness level % |
| 11 | Maximum Brightness | Set the maximum brightness level % |
| 12 | Double Tap Function | brightness level after you double-tap upper paddle |
| 13 | Scene enable/disable | Enable or disable scene control functionality for quick double tap triggers. |
| 14 | Enable/Disable double tap | Move double tap functionality to single tap |
| 15 | Local on/off control | Enable or disable local on/off control |
| 16 | Physical dimming speed | Physical dimming speed |
| 17 | Z-Wave ramp rate | Z-Wave ramp rate |
| 18 | Custom brightness level | Custom brightness level |
| 20 | Brightness reporting | Brightness reporting |
| 21 | Reporting behavior for disabled physical control. | Reporting behavior for disabled physical control. |
| 22 | Night Light Mode | Set the brightness level the dimmer will turn on to when off and when lower paddle is held DOWN for a second. |
### Parameter 1: Paddle Orientation
Choose Paddle Functionality
Paddle Control
Parameter 1: Choose if you want the upper paddle to turn the light on or turn the light off when tapped
Values:
0 – Upper paddle turns the light on, lower paddle turns the light off (default);
1 – Upper paddle turns the light off, lower paddle turns the light on
Size: 1 byte dec.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Upper light on, lower light off |
| 1 | Upper light off, lower light on |
| 2 | Both toggle |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Upper light on, lower light off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: LED Indicator Control
Change behavior of the LED indicator
LED Indicator Control
Parameter 2: Choose if you want the LED indicator to turn on when the switch (light) is on or off, or if you want it to remain on or off at all times
Values:
0 – LED indicator is on when switch is off, LED indicator is off when switch is on (default);
1 – LED indicator is on when switch is on, LED indicator is off when switch is off;
2 – LED indicator is always OFF
3 – LED indicator is always ON
Size: 1 byte dec.
OR
6 x TAP PADDLE to change the LED indicator mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED on when switch off, LED off when switch on |
| 1 | LED on when switch on, LED off when switch off |
| 2 | LED indicator is always OFF |
| 3 | LED indicator is always ON |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED on when switch off, LED off when switch on).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Auto Turn-Off Timer
enable the Auto Turn-Off Timer
Auto Turn-Off Timer
Parameter 3: Use this parameter to enable or disable the auto turn-off timer function
Values:
0 – timer disabled (default);
1 – timer enabled.
Size: 1 byte dec.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | timer disabled |
| 1 | timer enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (timer disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Auto Turn-Off Timer Duration
set Auto Turn-Off Timer Duration
Parameter 4: Use this parameter to set the time a?er which you want the switch to automatically turn off once it has been turned on. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
Values: 1 – 65535 (minutes). 60 –default.
Size: 4 byte dec.
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```60```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Auto Turn-On Timer
enable the Auto Turn-On Timer
Auto Turn-On Timer
Parameter 5: Use this parameter to enable or disable the auto turn-on timer function
Values:
0 – timer disabled (default);
1 – timer enabled.
Size: 1 byte dec.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | timer disabled |
| 1 | timer enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (timer disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Auto Turn-On Timer Duration
set Auto Turn-On Timer Duration
Parameter 6: Use this parameter to set the time a?er which you want the switch to automatically turn on once it has been turned off. The number entered as value corresponds to the number of minutes.
Values: 1 – 65535 (minutes). Default
set to 60.
Size: 4 byte dec.
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Association Reports
Association Reports
Choose which physical and Z-Wave triggers should prompt the dimmer to send a status change report to associated devices.
0 – none;
1 – physical tap on ZEN27 only;
2 – physical tap on connected 3-way switch only;
3 – physical tap on ZEN27 or connected 3-way switch;
4 – Z-Wave command from hub;
5 – physical tap on ZEN27 or Z-Wave command from hub;
6 – physical tap on connected 3-way switch or Z-Wave command from hub;
7 – physical tap on ZEN27 / connected 3-way switch or Z-Wave command from hub;
8 – timer only;
9 – physical tap on ZEN27 or timer;
10 – physical tap on connected 3-way switch or timer;
11 – physical tap on ZEN27 / connected 3-way switch or timer;
12 – Z-Wave command from hub or timer;
13 – physical tap on ZEN27, Z-Wave command from hub, or timer;
14 – physical tap on ZEN27 / connected 3-way switch, Z-Wave command from hub, or timer;
15 – all of the above (Default)
Values in the range 0 to 15 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```15```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: On Off Status After Power Failure
Set the on off status for the switch after power failure.
On Off Status After Power Failure
Parameter 8: Set the on off status for the switch after power failure.
Values:
0 – forced to OFF (regardless of state prior to power outage);
1 – forced to ON (regardless of state prior to power outage);
2 – remembers and restores on/off status a?er power failure (default)
Size: 1 byte dec.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | forced to OFF |
| 1 | forced to ON |
| 2 | remembers on/off status |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (remembers on/off status).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Ramp Rate Control
Adjust the ramp rate for your dimmer
Adjust the ramp rate for your dimmer (fade-in / fade-out effect for on / off operation). Values correspond to the number of seconds
it takes for the dimmer to reach full brightness or turn off when operated manually.
Values: 0 – 99 (seconds). Default set to 1.
Size: 1 byte dec.
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Minimum Brightness
Set the minimum brightness level %
Minimum and Maximum Brightness
Parameter 10: Set the minimum brightness level (in %) for your dimmer. You won’t be able to dim the light below the set value.
Values: 1 – 99 (%). Default set to 1.
Size: 1 byte dec.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Maximum Brightness
Set the maximum brightness level %
Minimum and Maximum Brightness
Parameter 11: Set the maximum brightness level (in %) for your dimmer. You won’t be able to add brightness to the light beyond the set value. Note: if Parameter 12 is set to value 0, Parameter 11 is automatically disabled.
Values: 1 – 99 (%). Default set to 99.
Size: 1 byte dec.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```99```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Double Tap Function
brightness level after you double-tap upper paddle
Double Tap Function
Parameter 12: Choose if you want the dimmer to turn on to full brightness or custom brightness level after you double-tap the upper paddle.
Values:
0 – the light will turn on to full brightness with double tap (default).
1 – the light will turn on to the maximum brightness level set in Parameter 11 with double tap.
Size: 1 byte dec.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | full brightness |
| 1 | maximum brightness level set |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (full brightness).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Scene enable/disable
Enable or disable scene control functionality for quick double tap triggers.
Enable or disable scene control functionality for quick double tap triggers.
0 – scene control disabled (default). 1 – scene control enabled.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Scene control disabled |
| 1 | Scene control enabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Scene control disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Enable/Disable double tap
Move double tap functionality to single tap
Enable or disable the double tap function and assign brightness level to single tap.
0 – double tap to full / maximum brightness level enabled (default).
1 – double tap to full / maximum brightness level disabled, single tap turns light on to last brightness level.
2 – double tap to full / maximum brightness level disabled, single tap turns light on to full / maximum brightness level.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | double tap max |
| 1 | single tap last |
| 2 | single tap max |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (double tap max).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Local on/off control
Enable or disable local on/off control
Enable or disable local on/off control. If enabled, you’ll only be able to control the connected light via Z-Wave. Scenes and other functionality will still be available through paddles.
0 – physical paddle control disabled.
1 – physical paddle control enabled (default).
2 – physical paddle and Z-Wave control disabled.
**NOTE:** tap the upper paddle 10 times quickly to change this mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | physical paddle control disabled |
| 1 | physical paddle control enabled |
| 2 | physical paddle and Z-Wave control disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (physical paddle control enabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 16: Physical dimming speed
Physical dimming speed
Set the time it takes to get from 0% to 100% brightness when pressing and holding the paddle (physical dimming). The number entered as value corresponds to the number of seconds.
1 – 99 (seconds). Default: 4
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```4```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 17: Z-Wave ramp rate
Z-Wave ramp rate
Choose if you want to set the Z-Wave ramp rate independently of the physical ramp rate (using an appropriate command in your hub) or if you want them to match.
0 – Z-Wave ramp rate matches the physical ramp rate set in parameter 9;
1 – Z-Wave ramp rate is set independently using appropriate Z-Wave commands (default).
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Match physical ramp rate |
| 1 | Independent ramp rate |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Independent ramp rate).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 18: Custom brightness level
Custom brightness level
Set the custom brightness level (instead of the last set brightness level) you want the dimmer to come on to when you single tap the upper paddle.
0 – last brightness level (default);
1 – 99 (%) for custom brightness level.
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 20: Brightness reporting
Brightness reporting
Choose how you'd like the dimmer to report when paddles are tapped and held and physical / Z-Wave control is enabled or disabled.
0 – report each brightness level to hub when physical / Z-Wave control is disabled for physical dimming (final level only reported if physical / Z-Wave control is enabled).
1 – report final brightness level only for physical dimming, regardless of the physical / Z-Wave control mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Report each level if control is diabled |
| 1 | Only report final brightness level always |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Report each level if control is diabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 21: Reporting behavior for disabled physical control.
Reporting behavior for disabled physical control.
0 – switch reports on/off status and changes LED indicator state even if physical and Z-Wave control is disabled (default). 1 – switch doesn't report on/off status or change LED indicator state when physical (and Z-Wave) control is disabled.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 22: Night Light Mode
Set the brightness level the dimmer will turn on to when off and when lower paddle is held DOWN for a second.
Set the brightness level the dimmer will turn on to when off and when lower paddle is held DOWN for a second.
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZEN27 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
BASIC REPORT gets sent to this group
This dimmer switch supports Group 1 with up to 1 devices for lifeline communication and Group 2 and 3 with up to 5 devices. This device will send BASIC REPORT to Group 1 and BASIC SET to group 2 and 3 when operated manually.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Status
BASIC SET gets sent to this group
This dimmer switch supports Group 1 with up to 1 devices for lifeline communication and Group 2 and 3 with up to 5 devices. This device will send BASIC REPORT to Group 1 and BASIC SET to group 2 and 3 when operated manually.
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Status #2
BASIC SET gets sent to this group
This dimmer switch supports Group 1 with up to 1 devices for lifeline communication and Group 2 and 3 with up to 5 devices. This device will send BASIC REPORT to Group 1 and BASIC SET to group 2 and 3 when operated manually.
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_TRANSPORT_SERVICE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SUPERVISION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_2_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [User manual](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1292/reference/zooz-s2-dimmer-zen27-manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](https://opensmarthouse.org/zwavedatabase/1292).

11
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zen34_0_0.md
View File

@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Upper Paddle
Lower Paddle
**TAP** x 1 for Scene 2, pressed (or OFF basic for associations)
**TAP x 1** for Scene 2, pressed (or OFF basic for associations)
**TAP** x 2, 3, 4, or 5 for Scene 2 multi-tap
**TAP x 2, 3, 4, or 5** for Scene 2 multi-tap
**HOLD** for Scene 2, held (or multilevel start level change, dim the light)
@ -78,16 +78,9 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZEN34 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.

1
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/zooz/zse18_0_0.md
View File

@ -227,6 +227,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: BASIC SET
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

2
_addons_ios/mycroft-skill/readme.md
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ The skill currently supportes the English (U.S.) and English (U.K.) languages bu
### Requirements
- A running [instance of Mycroft](https://mycroft.ai/get-mycroft/) (Mark 1, picroft, ...)
- A running instance of openHAB (version 1.x or v2.x)
- A running instance of openHAB
- openHAB must be reacheable from the Mycroft instance
### Skill Installation

6
_addons_uis/habot/readme.md
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: habot
label: HABot
title: HABot - UIs
type: ui
description: "HABot is a chatbot for [openHAB](https://openhab.org), running inside the [Eclipse SmartHome](https://openhab.org/) runtime with no dependency; it can run offline and keep your data out of third-party clouds, but works very well remotely if served from an openHAB Cloud instance (like [myopenhab.org](https://www.myopenhab.org))."
description: "HABot is a chatbot for [openHAB](https://openhab.org), running inside the openHAB runtime with no dependency; it can run offline and keep your data out of third-party clouds, but works very well remotely if served from an openHAB Cloud instance (like [myopenhab.org](https://www.myopenhab.org))."
since: 3x
install: auto
---
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ install: auto
# HABot
HABot is a chatbot for [openHAB](https://openhab.org), running inside the [Eclipse SmartHome](https://openhab.org/) runtime with no dependency; it can run offline and keep your data out of third-party clouds, but works very well remotely if served from an openHAB Cloud instance (like [myopenhab.org](https://www.myopenhab.org)).
HABot is a chatbot for [openHAB](https://openhab.org), running inside the openHAB runtime with no dependency; it can run offline and keep your data out of third-party clouds, but works very well remotely if served from an openHAB Cloud instance (like [myopenhab.org](https://www.myopenhab.org)).
In that scenario it can even be added to the Android homescreen as a [Progressive Web App](https://developers.google.com/web/progressive-web-apps/), and adds features working only on "secure origins" like push notifications, speech recognition and resource caching.
It consists in:
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ It consists in:
- a machine-learning natural language processor based on [Apache OpenNLP](https://opennlp.apache.org) for intent classification and entity extraction (thanks to [nlp-intent-toolkit](https://github.com/mlehman/nlp-intent-toolkit));
- a modular intent-based skill system with learning data provisioning (basic skills to retrieve item statuses, historical data and send basic commands are built-in, but more can be injected by other OSGi dependency injection);
- a fully-featured responsive card-based user interface built with the [Quasar Framework](http://quasar-framework.org) and its companion REST API to interact with the bot;
- an Eclipse SmartHome [Human Language Interpreter](http://docs.openhab.org/configuration/multimedia.html#human-language-interpreter) - this means once the natural language answers expand to more than "here's what I found" and "there you go", you will eventually be able to ask HABot questions and give it orders without a visual UI when coupled with speech-to-text and text-to-speech engines in ESH, for instance to build privacy-focused specialized voice assistant.
- an openHAB [Human Language Interpreter](http://docs.openhab.org/configuration/multimedia.html#human-language-interpreter) - this means once the natural language answers expand to more than "here's what I found" and "there you go", you will eventually be able to ask HABot questions and give it orders without a visual UI when coupled with speech-to-text and text-to-speech engines in openHAB, for instance to build privacy-focused specialized voice assistant.
It is another step to have a full, open source, privacy-focused, integrated natural language processing toolchain for your openHAB smart home.

6
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.http/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/thing-types.xml
View File

@ -25,6 +25,12 @@
<description>The timeout in ms for each request</description>
<default>3000</default>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bufferSize" type="integer" min="0">
<label>Buffer Size</label>
<description>Size of the response buffer (default 2048 kB)</description>
<default>2048</default>
<advanced>true</advanced>
</parameter>
<parameter name="username" type="text">
<label>Username</label>
<description>Basic Authentication username</description>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.mqtt.generic/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/generic-thing.xml
View File

@ -21,12 +21,12 @@
<advanced>true</advanced>
</parameter>
<parameter name="payloadAvailable" type="text">
<label>Payload available</label>
<label>Device Available Payload</label>
<description>Payload of the 'Availability Topic', when the device is available. Default: 'ON'</description>
<advanced>true</advanced>
</parameter>
<parameter name="payloadNotAvailable" type="text">
<label>Payload not availabe</label>
<label>Device Unavailable Payload</label>
<description>Payload of the 'Availability Topic', when the device is *not* available. Default: 'OFF'</description>
<advanced>true</advanced>
</parameter>

34
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shbw10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shbw10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHBW10000 PIR Multisensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
PIR Multisensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHBW10000 was developed for use in home automation systems that use the Z-Wave wireless standard.</p> <p>The multisensor has the following sensors:</p> <ul><li>PIR</li> <li>temperature</li> <li>atmospheric humidity</li> <li>lights</li> </ul><p>The motion sensor lets you know when something moves within a certain range and can then trigger various scenes/actions.</p> <p>The device also reports the current room temperature, humidity and illuminance.</p> <p>In conjunction with configurable scenes, smart functions can also be initiated in addition to monitoring, e.g. if temperature &lt;20 degrees, heating on.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.</p> <p>Press the Button on the device once.</p> <p>The App will show if the Add device process was successful. The Status LED will light up for 2 seconds.</p> <p>Repeat the inclusion process if it was not successful.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.</p> <p>Press the Button on the device once.</p> <p>The App will show if the Remove device process was successful.</p> <p>Repeat the exclusion process if it was not successful.</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>If included:</p> <p>The device sends a wake up notification command to the node devices which are connected by a wake up command.</p> <p>The LED will light up when information is received, and will go out when there is no exchange for 10 seconds.</p> <p>If not included: nothing</p>
PIR Multisensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHBW10000 was developed for use in home automation systems that use the Z-Wave wireless standard.</p> <p>The multisensor has the following sensors:</p> <ul><li>PIR</li> <li>temperature</li> <li>atmospheric humidity</li> <li>lights</li> </ul><p>The motion sensor lets you know when something moves within a certain range and can then trigger various scenes/actions.</p> <p>The device also reports the current room temperature, humidity and illuminance.</p> <p>In conjunction with configurable scenes, smart functions can also be initiated in addition to monitoring, e.g. if temperature &lt;20 degrees, heating on.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.</p> <p>Press the Button on the device once.</p> <p>The App will show if the Add device process was successful. The Status LED will light up for 2 seconds.</p> <p>Repeat the inclusion process if it was not successful.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.</p> <p>Press the Button on the device once.</p> <p>The App will show if the Remove device process was successful.</p> <p>Repeat the exclusion process if it was not successful.</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>If included:</p> <p>The device sends a wake up notification command to the node devices which are connected by a wake up command.</p> <p>The LED will light up when information is received, and will go out when there is no exchange for 10 seconds.</p> <p>If not included: nothing</p>
]]></description>
<category>MotionDetector</category>
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ PIR Multisensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHBW10000 was developed for use in
min="10" max="50">
<label>10: Low Battery Alarm Level</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Low Battery Alarm Level<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Low Battery Power Level Alarm Level</p>
Low Battery Alarm Level<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Low Battery Power Level Alarm Level</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Low Battery Alarm Level<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Low Battery Power Level Alarm L
min="0" max="10">
<label>12: PIR sensitivity</label>
<description><![CDATA[
PIR sensitivity<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>The value 10 is the highest sensitivity.</li> <li>The value 0 disables the PIR sensor. </li> </ul>
PIR sensitivity<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>The value 10 is the highest sensitivity.</li> <li>The value 0 disables the PIR sensor. </li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<options>
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ PIR sensitivity<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>The value 10 is the highest sensit
min="5" max="15300">
<label>13: Waiting time between two PIR triggers</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Waiting time between two PIR triggers<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Waiting time from one PIR trigger to the next trigger.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 15300 in seconds</li> </ul>
Waiting time between two PIR triggers<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Waiting time from one PIR trigger to the next trigger.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 15300 in seconds</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>30</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Waiting time between two PIR triggers<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Waiting time from
<parameter name="config_14_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>14: BASIC SET Command after PIR triggering</label>
<description><![CDATA[
BASIC SET Command after PIR triggering<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>BASIC SET should be sent after triggering the PIR</p>
BASIC SET Command after PIR triggering<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>BASIC SET should be sent after triggering the PIR</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ BASIC SET Command after PIR triggering<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>BASIC SET should
min="0" max="1">
<label>100: Reset parameters 101-104 to factory defaults</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reset parameters 101-104 to factory defaults<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.</p>
Reset parameters 101-104 to factory defaults<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Reset parameters 101-104 to factory defaults<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Resets par
min="0" max="2678400">
<label>101: Temperature report Time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Temperature report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the temperature report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report.</p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
Temperature report Time<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the temperature report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report.</p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
]]></description>
<default>7200</default>
<options>
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Temperature report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the temper
min="0" max="2678400">
<label>102: Humidity report Time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Humidity report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the humidity report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE: </strong>The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
Humidity report Time<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the humidity report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE: </strong>The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
]]></description>
<default>7200</default>
<options>
@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Humidity report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the humidity
min="0" max="2678400">
<label>103: Brightness report Time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Brightness report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the brightness report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
Brightness report Time<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the brightness report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
]]></description>
<default>7200</default>
</parameter>
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Brightness report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the brightn
min="0" max="2678400">
<label>104: Battery report Time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Battery report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the battery report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
Battery report Time<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the battery report.</p> <p>The value 0 disables the report. </p> <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The value is always rounded up to the full minute. (e.g. 62 seconds -&gt; value is rounded up to 120 seconds)</p>
]]></description>
<default>7200</default>
<options>
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Battery report Time<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the battery re
<parameter name="config_110_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>110: Enable/Disable Report 111-114</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable/Disable Report 111-114<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable or disable reports 111-114</p>
Enable/Disable Report 111-114<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable or disable reports 111-114</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Enable/Disable Report 111-114<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable or disable reports
min="1" max="500">
<label>111: Temperature report Threshold</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Temperature report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 1 - 500 in 0,1°. (e.g. 25 = 2.5°)</li> </ul>
Temperature report Threshold<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 1 - 500 in 0,1°. (e.g. 25 = 2.5°)</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Temperature report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves
min="1" max="32">
<label>112: Humidity report Threshold</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Humidity report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
Humidity report Threshold<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Humidity report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as
min="1" max="65528">
<label>113: Brightness report Threshold</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Brightness report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
Brightness report Threshold<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>150</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Brightness report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves
min="1" max="100">
<label>114: Battery report Threshold</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Battery report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
Battery report Threshold<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.</p> <p>If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Battery report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>Z-Wave Plus Lifeline Notification Report: Sensor will send Notification Report when Motion Detection Unknown Location and (Event inactive). </li> <li>Multilevel Sensor Report: Sensor will send Multilevel Sensor Report (Temperature, humidity, luminance) interval of 2 hours.</li> <li>Battery Report. Sensor will send Battery Report when the battery level is low and the battery report’s value is 255 (0xFF). </li> <li>Device Reset Locally.</li> </ul>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><ul> <li>Z-Wave Plus Lifeline Notification Report: Sensor will send Notification Report when Motion Detection Unknown Location and (Event inactive). </li> <li>Multilevel Sensor Report: Sensor will send Multilevel Sensor Report (Temperature, humidity, luminance) interval of 2 hours.</li> <li>Battery Report. Sensor will send Battery Report when the battery level is low and the battery report’s value is 255 (0xFF). </li> <li>Device Reset Locally.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Battery report Threshold<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Send Basic Set when PIR trigger</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Send Basic Set when PIR trigger</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Send Basic Set when PIR trigger</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

28
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shhm10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shhm10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHHA10000 Smart Plug, Power Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Plug, Power Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHHA10000 was developed for use in home automation systems that use the Z-Wave wireless standard. The power outlet enables you to switch a large number of your electronic devices - conveniently and directly via the gateway's app or automatically according to an individual schedule. In conjunction with configurable scenes, a large number of smart functions can be initiated, e.g. a presence simulation or you can preheat the coffee machine before getting up.</p> <p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHHA10000...:</p> <ul><li>is a wireless socket</li> <li>is Z-Wave PLUS compatible &amp; certified</li> <li>supports the Z-Wave S2 Standard (Security 2)</li> <li>measures your (current) consumption values reliably over any period of time</li> <li>detects applied mains voltage, wattage consumption, kWh and ampere</li> <li>can be switched on and off via app or manually</li> <li>was developed for indoor installation</li> </ul><br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the Wireless-Socket into an outlet. The StatusLED is flashing.</li> <li>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Network-Button on the Socket once The App will show if the Add device process was successful The Status LED does not flash anymore but indicates if device is switched on or off Repeat the inclusion process if it was not successful.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Button on the socket 3 times The App will show if the Remove Device process was successful. The Status-LED will now flash continuously Repeat the exclusion process if it was not successful.</li> </ol>
Smart Plug, Power Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHHA10000 was developed for use in home automation systems that use the Z-Wave wireless standard. The power outlet enables you to switch a large number of your electronic devices - conveniently and directly via the gateway's app or automatically according to an individual schedule. In conjunction with configurable scenes, a large number of smart functions can be initiated, e.g. a presence simulation or you can preheat the coffee machine before getting up.</p> <p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHHA10000...:</p> <ul><li>is a wireless socket</li> <li>is Z-Wave PLUS compatible &amp; certified</li> <li>supports the Z-Wave S2 Standard (Security 2)</li> <li>measures your (current) consumption values reliably over any period of time</li> <li>detects applied mains voltage, wattage consumption, kWh and ampere</li> <li>can be switched on and off via app or manually</li> <li>was developed for indoor installation</li> </ul> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the Wireless-Socket into an outlet. The StatusLED is flashing.</li> <li>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Network-Button on the Socket once The App will show if the Add device process was successful The Status LED does not flash anymore but indicates if device is switched on or off Repeat the inclusion process if it was not successful.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Button on the socket 3 times The App will show if the Remove Device process was successful. The Status-LED will now flash continuously Repeat the exclusion process if it was not successful.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Smart Plug, Power Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHHA10000 was developed fo
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Overvoltage protection</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable / Disable overvoltage protection.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable / Disable overvoltage protection.</p> <ul><li>0 = Disabled</li> <li>1 = Enabled</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0x01)</p>
Enable / Disable overvoltage protection.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable / Disable overvoltage protection.</p> <ul><li>0 = Disabled</li> <li>1 = Enabled</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0x01)</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Enable / Disable overvoltage protection.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable / Disab
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Device status after power failure</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set which device status should be present after a power failure.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set which device status should be present after a power failure.</p> <ul><li>0 = Status before power failure</li> <li>1 = Status “on”</li> <li>2 = Status “off”</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x02)</p>
Set which device status should be present after a power failure.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Set which device status should be present after a power failure.</p> <ul><li>0 = Status before power failure</li> <li>1 = Status “on”</li> <li>2 = Status “off”</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x02)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Set which device status should be present after a power failure.<br /><h1>Overvi
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Device status report</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Device status report when device status changes.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Device status report when device status changes.</p> <ul><li>0 = Disabled</li> <li>1 = Send report</li> <li>2 = Send report only with manual change</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x02)</p>
Device status report when device status changes.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Device status report when device status changes.</p> <ul><li>0 = Disabled</li> <li>1 = Send report</li> <li>2 = Send report only with manual change</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x02)</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Device status report when device status changes.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Device
<parameter name="config_4_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>4: LED indicator</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Behaviour of the LED display with device status "On".<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Behaviour of the LED display with device status "On".</p> <ul><li>0 = LED is permanently active with device status "On</li> <li>1 = LED is active for 5 seconds when changing to device status "On" and then extinguishes</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x01)</p>
Behaviour of the LED display with device status "On".<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Behaviour of the LED display with device status "On".</p> <ul><li>0 = LED is permanently active with device status "On</li> <li>1 = LED is active for 5 seconds when changing to device status "On" and then extinguishes</li> </ul><p>(Hexadezimal: 0x00 – 0x01)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Behaviour of the LED display with device status "On".<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>B
min="0" max="65535">
<label>16: Power report (Threshold)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br />If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent. <br />The value 0 deactivates the power report threshold.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 0 – 65535 in Watt</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0xFFFF)</p>
The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br />If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent. <br />The value 0 deactivates the power report threshold.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 0 – 65535 in Watt</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0xFFFF)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.
min="0" max="127">
<label>17: Power report (Threshold value in percent)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report. <br />If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent. <br />The value 0 deactivates the power report threshold.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 0 – 127 in Watt</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0x7F)</p>
The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report. <br />If the threshold value was not exceeded, the time-based report is not sent. <br />The value 0 deactivates the power report threshold.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 0 – 127 in Watt</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 – 0x7F)</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
</parameter>
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The threshold value serves as an additional condition for the time-based report.
min="84" max="84">
<label>100: Reset 101 – 104</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>84 = Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.</p>
Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>84 = Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.</p>
]]></description>
<default>84</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Resets parameter 101 - 104 to factory setting.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>84 = Res
min="5" max="2678400">
<label>101: Power report (Time)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The interval time of the power report (W).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the power report (W). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
The interval time of the power report (W).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the power report (W). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
]]></description>
<default>600</default>
</parameter>
@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ The interval time of the power report (W).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval
min="5" max="2678400">
<label>102: Consumption report (Time)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The interval time of the consumption report (kWh).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the consumption report (kWh). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
The interval time of the consumption report (kWh).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the consumption report (kWh). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
]]></description>
<default>3600</default>
</parameter>
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ The interval time of the consumption report (kWh).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The
min="5" max="2678400">
<label>103: Voltage report (Time)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The interval time of the voltage report (V).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the voltage report (V). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
The interval time of the voltage report (V).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the voltage report (V). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
</parameter>
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ The interval time of the voltage report (V).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interv
min="5" max="2678400">
<label>104: Current report (Time)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The interval time of the current report (A).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the current report (A). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
The interval time of the current report (A).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The interval time of the current report (A). <br />The value 0 disables the report.</p> <ul><li>Adjustable from 5 - 2678400 in seconds</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x28DE80)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
</parameter>
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ The interval time of the current report (A).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The interv
<parameter name="config_254_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>254: Enable / Disable Configuration</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enables / Disables the configuration.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables / Disables the configuration.</p> <ul><li>0 = Configuration is enabled</li> <li>1 = Configuration is disabled</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x01)</p>
Enables / Disables the configuration.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables / Disables the configuration.</p> <ul><li>0 = Configuration is enabled</li> <li>1 = Configuration is disabled</li> </ul><p>(Hexadecimal: 0x00 - 0x01)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Enables / Disables the configuration.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables / Disable
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sending Meter Report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of Smart Plug (turn on or off the load) is changed:</p> <ol><li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 0 (0x00): Do not send Basic Report</li> <li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 1 (0x00): Send Basic Report</li> <li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 2 (0x00): Send Basic Report only when Load condition is changed not by Z-WAVE Command, such as short pressing.</li> </ol><p>Sending Meter Report.</p>
Sending Meter Report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of Smart Plug (turn on or off the load) is changed:</p> <ol> <li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 0 (0x00): Do not send Basic Report</li> <li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 1 (0x00): Send Basic Report</li> <li>Set Configuration parameter 3 to 2 (0x00): Send Basic Report only when Load condition is changed not by Z-WAVE Command, such as short pressing.</li> </ol> <p>Sending Meter Report.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shlm10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shlm10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHLM10000 ABUS Security Center Bulb</label>
<description><![CDATA[
ABUS Security Center Bulb<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave LED lamp can be an optical helper in many situations in your connected home. E.g. in case of danger, the escape routes can be perfectly illuminated by scene control. And if you are not at home, you can credibly simulate your presence by configuring scenarios. When it comes to comfort, you make no compromises compared to a 60W light bulb, with significantly lower power consumption. The LED lamp produces white light (2700k and 6500k), is dimmable and fits into any conventional E27 socket. You can change the light color.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Screw the LED bulbinto a standard E27 socket. Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.<br />Turn the light switch on.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Switch the Power supply of the LED bulb ON and OFF 6 times in a row (interval of 0.5 to 2 seconds)<br />When switched on for the 7th time, the LED bulb flashes twice indicating successful reset to factory settings.</p>
ABUS Security Center Bulb<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave LED lamp can be an optical helper in many situations in your connected home. E.g. in case of danger, the escape routes can be perfectly illuminated by scene control. And if you are not at home, you can credibly simulate your presence by configuring scenarios. When it comes to comfort, you make no compromises compared to a 60W light bulb, with significantly lower power consumption. The LED lamp produces white light (2700k and 6500k), is dimmable and fits into any conventional E27 socket. You can change the light color.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Screw the LED bulbinto a standard E27 socket. Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.<br />Turn the light switch on.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Switch the Power supply of the LED bulb ON and OFF 6 times in a row (interval of 0.5 to 2 seconds)<br />When switched on for the 7th time, the LED bulb flashes twice indicating successful reset to factory settings.</p>
]]></description>
<category>LightBulb</category>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shlm10010_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shlm10010_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHLM10010 ABUS Security Center Bulb</label>
<description><![CDATA[
ABUS Security Center Bulb<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave LED lamp can be an optical helper in many situations in your connected home. E.g. in case of danger, the escape routes can be perfectly illuminated by scene control. And if you are not at home, you can credibly simulate your presence by configuring scenarios. When it comes to comfort, you make no compromises compared to a 60W light bulb, with significantly lower power consumption. The LED lamp produces warm white light (2700k), is dimmable and fits into any conventional E27 socket.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Screw the LED bulbinto a standard E27 socket. Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions. <br />Turn the light switch on.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Switch the Power supply of the LED bulb ON and OFF 6 times in a row (interval of 0.5 to 2 seconds)<br />When switched on for the 7th time, the LED bulb flashes twice indicating successful reset to factory settings.</p>
ABUS Security Center Bulb<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave LED lamp can be an optical helper in many situations in your connected home. E.g. in case of danger, the escape routes can be perfectly illuminated by scene control. And if you are not at home, you can credibly simulate your presence by configuring scenarios. When it comes to comfort, you make no compromises compared to a 60W light bulb, with significantly lower power consumption. The LED lamp produces warm white light (2700k), is dimmable and fits into any conventional E27 socket.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Screw the LED bulbinto a standard E27 socket. Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions. <br />Turn the light switch on.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Switch the Power supply of the LED bulb ON and OFF 6 times in a row (interval of 0.5 to 2 seconds)<br />When switched on for the 7th time, the LED bulb flashes twice indicating successful reset to factory settings.</p>
]]></description>
<category>LightBulb</category>

12
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shmk10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shmk10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHMK10000 Magnetic Contact</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Magnetic Contact<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHMK10000...</p> <ul><li>is a battery-operated radio magnetic contact</li> <li>is Z-Wave PLUS compatible &amp; certified</li> <li>supports the Z-Wave S2 Standard (Security 2)</li> <li>detects opening/closing by removing sensor and magnet</li> <li>detects tampering when the housing is opened</li> <li>has a battery-empty warning function</li> <li>was developed for indoor installation</li> </ul><br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Slide the base unit from the mounting plate and remove the safety strip from the battery compartment</li> <li>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</li> </ul><p>The App will show if the Add device process was successful and the Status-LED will turn off Repeat the inclusion process from step B if it was not successful.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</li> </ul><p><br />The App will show if the Remove device process was successful and the Status-LED on device will flash 6 times Repeat the exclusion process from step A if it was not successful.</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</p>
Magnetic Contact<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHMK10000...</p> <ul><li>is a battery-operated radio magnetic contact</li> <li>is Z-Wave PLUS compatible &amp; certified</li> <li>supports the Z-Wave S2 Standard (Security 2)</li> <li>detects opening/closing by removing sensor and magnet</li> <li>detects tampering when the housing is opened</li> <li>has a battery-empty warning function</li> <li>was developed for indoor installation</li> </ul> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Slide the base unit from the mounting plate and remove the safety strip from the battery compartment</li> <li>Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions</li> <li>Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</li> </ul><p>The App will show if the Add device process was successful and the Status-LED will turn off Repeat the inclusion process from step B if it was not successful.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</li> </ul><p><br />The App will show if the Remove device process was successful and the Status-LED on device will flash 6 times Repeat the exclusion process from step A if it was not successful.</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Press the Tamper-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED on the base unit front will flash 3 times</p>
]]></description>
<category>Door</category>
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Magnetic Contact<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHMK10000...</p> <ul><
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Lifeline association group includes command classes: Battery report, Notification report, Device Reset Locally notification and Binary report.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Lifeline association group includes command classes: Battery report, Notification report, Device Reset Locally notification and Binary report.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Magnetic Contact<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ABUS Z-Wave SHMK10000...</p> <ul><
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Binary Sensor (Door)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Binary Sensor Command Class<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Sensor) Binary Sensor Command Class:Compatible with 300 series</p> <ol><li>Binary Sensor reports status of open or close door via Lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor detects status change between close door and open door, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
Binary Sensor Command Class<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Sensor) Binary Sensor Command Class:Compatible with 300 series</p> <ol> <li>Binary Sensor reports status of open or close door via Lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor detects status change between close door and open door, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Binary Sensor Command Class<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Se
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Binary Sensor (Tamper)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Binary Sensor Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Sensor) Binary Sensor Command Class:Compatible with 300 series </p> <ol><li>Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor. </li> <li>When the sensor detects status change of tamper, the device will be triggered</li> </ol>
Binary Sensor Command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Sensor) Binary Sensor Command Class:Compatible with 300 series </p> <ol> <li>Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor. </li> <li>When the sensor detects status change of tamper, the device will be triggered</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Binary Sensor Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Binary Sensor)
<parameter name="group_4" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>4: Notification 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Notification report open door or close status via Lifeline<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Notification)</p> <ol><li>Notification report open door or close status via Lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor detects status change between close<br />door and open door, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
Notification report open door or close status via Lifeline<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Notification)</p> <ol> <li>Notification report open door or close status via Lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor detects status change between close<br />door and open door, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Notification report open door or close status via Lifeline<br /><h1>Overview</h1
<parameter name="group_5" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>5: Notification 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Notification) </p> <ol><li>Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor. </li> <li>When the sensor detects status change of tamper, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Root Device group(Notification) </p> <ol> <li>Binary Sensor reports the removed status of door sensor. </li> <li>When the sensor detects status change of tamper, the device will be triggered.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

8
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shrm10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shrm10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHRM10000 Smoke detector</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smoke detector<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The smart smoke sensor detects smoke, and sends an alarm signals to alert of danger. When the smart smoke sensor detects smoke, it will send an alarm notification to your controller through wireless Z-Wave communication protocol.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Press the pin 3 times within 1.5s, Green LED is Blinking 3 times within 1 second.</li> <li>If Inclusion Process is successful, Green led will turn off.</li> </ul><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Press the pin 3 times within 1.5s.</li> <li>If Exclusion Process is successful, Green led is Blinking 6 times, then turn off.</li> </ul><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><ul><li>Wake up Notification is transmitted every 24 hours by default.</li> <li>Wake up Notification is transmitted after Notification Report is Transmitted.</li> </ul>
Smoke detector<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The smart smoke sensor detects smoke, and sends an alarm signals to alert of danger. When the smart smoke sensor detects smoke, it will send an alarm notification to your controller through wireless Z-Wave communication protocol.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Press the pin 3 times within 1.5s, Green LED is Blinking 3 times within 1 second.</li> <li>If Inclusion Process is successful, Green led will turn off.</li> </ul> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ul><li>Press the pin 3 times within 1.5s.</li> <li>If Exclusion Process is successful, Green led is Blinking 6 times, then turn off.</li> </ul> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><ul><li>Wake up Notification is transmitted every 24 hours by default.</li> <li>Wake up Notification is transmitted after Notification Report is Transmitted.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<category>SmokeDetector</category>
@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ Smoke detector<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The smart smoke sensor detects smoke, an
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Battery, Notification, Reset locally Notification, Binary report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 1: Lifeline association groupInclude command classes: Battery report, Notification report, and Device Reset Locally notification, Binary report.</p>
Battery, Notification, Reset locally Notification, Binary report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 1: Lifeline association groupInclude command classes: Battery report, Notification report, and Device Reset Locally notification, Binary report.</p>
]]></description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Root device Group (binary sensor)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Binary smoke sensor via lifeline and on status Chance of smoke detection<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 2: Root Device group(Binary Sensor)Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 series1-Binary Sensor reports status of smoke or no smoke via Lifeline.2-When the sensor detects status change between smoke and no smoke, the device will be triggered.</p>
Binary smoke sensor via lifeline and on status Chance of smoke detection<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 2: Root Device group(Binary Sensor)Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 series1-Binary Sensor reports status of smoke or no smoke via Lifeline.2-When the sensor detects status change between smoke and no smoke, the device will be triggered.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Binary smoke sensor via lifeline and on status Chance of smoke detection<br /><h
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Root device Group (notification)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
smoke status as notification report and on status change of smoke detection<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 3: Root Device group(Notification)1-Notification reports reports status of detect smoke or no smoke via Lifeline.2-When the sensor detects status change between smoke and no smoke, the device will be triggered.</p>
smoke status as notification report and on status change of smoke detection<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Association group 3: Root Device group(Notification)1-Notification reports reports status of detect smoke or no smoke via Lifeline.2-When the sensor detects status change between smoke and no smoke, the device will be triggered.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shsg10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shsg10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHSG10000 High-volume siren (95 dB) and LED strobe light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
High-volume siren (95 dB) and LED strobe light<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a <b>secure Siren </b>for <b>CEPT (Europe)</b>. </p> <p>Once the device is added to a Z-Wave gateway, the alarm can be released and terminated. In Event of an Alarm the high-volume siren (95dB) will sound and LED strobe lights up.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the SHSG10000 into a socket</li> <li>Set the Gateway/Controller into inclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Network-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED will flash 3 times</li> <li>If the Add device process is successful, the Status-LED will turn off.</li> <li>Repeat the inclusion process from step 2 if it was not successful.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the SHSG10000 into a socket</li> <li>Set the Gateway/Controller into exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Network-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED will flash 3 times</li> <li>If the Remove device process is successful, the Status-LED flash 6 times.</li> <li>Repeat the exlusion process from step 2 if it was not successful.</li> </ol>
High-volume siren (95 dB) and LED strobe light<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a <b>secure Siren </b>for <b>CEPT (Europe)</b>. </p> <p>Once the device is added to a Z-Wave gateway, the alarm can be released and terminated. In Event of an Alarm the high-volume siren (95dB) will sound and LED strobe lights up.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the SHSG10000 into a socket</li> <li>Set the Gateway/Controller into inclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Network-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED will flash 3 times</li> <li>If the Add device process is successful, the Status-LED will turn off.</li> <li>Repeat the inclusion process from step 2 if it was not successful.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the SHSG10000 into a socket</li> <li>Set the Gateway/Controller into exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Network-button 3 times within 1.5 seconds and the Status-LED will flash 3 times</li> <li>If the Remove device process is successful, the Status-LED flash 6 times.</li> <li>Repeat the exlusion process from step 2 if it was not successful.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>Siren</category>
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ High-volume siren (95 dB) and LED strobe light<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Lifeline association group includes command classes: Switch Binary report, Battery and Device Reset Locally notification.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Lifeline association group includes command classes: Switch Binary report, Battery and Device Reset Locally notification.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

12
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/abus/shwm10000_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="abus_shwm10000_00_000" listed="false">
<label>SHWM10000 Flood Sensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Flood Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHWM10000 consists of a base unit (detector) and a water sensor (sensor), which are connected by a cable. If the sensor comes into contact with water, inform the detector the gateway and an alarm is triggered.</p> <p>It detects sabotage when opening the case, has a battery-empty warning function and was designed for indoor installation.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Within 3 seconds, press 3 times on the tamper button.</p> <p>The status LED on the sensor front 3 x on. Repeat the inclusion process again if this was not successful.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Within 3 seconds, press 3 times on the tamper button. The status LED on the sensor front 3 x on.</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><table><tr><td>To wake-up the device immediately, please remove the front cover, and press the tamper key once.</td> </tr></table>
Flood Sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHWM10000 consists of a base unit (detector) and a water sensor (sensor), which are connected by a cable. If the sensor comes into contact with water, inform the detector the gateway and an alarm is triggered.</p> <p>It detects sabotage when opening the case, has a battery-empty warning function and was designed for indoor installation.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Within 3 seconds, press 3 times on the tamper button.</p> <p>The status LED on the sensor front 3 x on. Repeat the inclusion process again if this was not successful.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Within 3 seconds, press 3 times on the tamper button. The status LED on the sensor front 3 x on.</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><table><tr><td>To wake-up the device immediately, please remove the front cover, and press the tamper key once.</td> </tr></table>
]]></description>
<category>Sensor</category>
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Flood Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHWM10000 consists of a base unit (det
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The device sends a notification report of the command class battery report, notification report, and local device reset notification, binary report.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The device sends a notification report of the command class battery report, notification report, and local device reset notification, binary report.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Flood Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The SHWM10000 consists of a base unit (det
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Root-Device-Group (Binary Sensor)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 Series</p> <ul><li>Sensor indicates the status of the open or closed door via lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor changes state between closedand door is opened, the device is triggered.</li> </ul>
Root-Device-Group (Binary Sensor)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 Series</p> <ul> <li>Sensor indicates the status of the open or closed door via lifeline.</li> <li>When the sensor changes state between closedand door is opened, the device is triggered.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Root-Device-Group (Binary Sensor)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Root device group<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 Series</p> <ul><li>Sensor indicates the status, door sensor has been removed.</li> <li>Device triggers when the sensor changes state tamper button detects.</li> </ul>
Root device group<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatible with 300 Series</p> <ul> <li>Sensor indicates the status, door sensor has been removed.</li> <li>Device triggers when the sensor changes state tamper button detects.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Root device group<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Binary Sensor Command Class: Compatib
<parameter name="group_4" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>4: Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Root device group (notification)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>Notification Open or Closed Status via Lifeline</li> <li>Device triggers when the sensor has a status change between closed and opened door recognizes.</li> </ul>
Root device group (notification)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><ul> <li>Notification Open or Closed Status via Lifeline</li> <li>Device triggers when the sensor has a status change between closed and opened door recognizes.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Root device group (notification)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>Notification Open
<parameter name="group_5" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>5: Group 5</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Root device group (notification)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><ul><li>Sensor reports the status door sensor has been removed.</li> <li>The device triggers when the sensor changes state tamper button detects.</li> </ul>
Root device group (notification)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><ul> <li>Sensor reports the status door sensor has been removed.</li> <li>The device triggers when the sensor changes state tamper button detects.</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

14
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zdm230_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zdm230_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZDM230 HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230</label>
<description><![CDATA[
HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency (RF) Controlled, 500W, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted, 3-Way Dimmer Receiver, Dual Switch, Release 1.1</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press and release the button.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press and release the button.</p>
HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency (RF) Controlled, 500W, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted, 3-Way Dimmer Receiver, Dual Switch, Release 1.1</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press and release the button.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press and release the button.</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency (RF) Control
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Ignore Start-Level (Transmitting)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands. The ZDM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.</p>
Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands. The ZDM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level.<b
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Suspend group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Temporarily disable transmitting commands to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4. It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
Temporarily disable transmitting commands to Group 4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4. It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Temporarily disable transmitting commands to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Yo
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Night-light mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZDM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON.</p> <p>To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
Night-light mode<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZDM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON.</p> <p>To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Night-light mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZDM230 will by default,
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Right Paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Right Paddle</p>
Right Paddle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Right Paddle</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Right Paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Right Paddle</p>
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Right double click paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Right double click paddle</p>
Right double click paddle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Right double click paddle</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Right double click paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Right double click paddle</p>
<parameter name="group_4" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>4: Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group used to inform devices about status updates<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group used to inform devices about the updates of status of the ZDM230 dimmer</p>
Group used to inform devices about status updates<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group used to inform devices about the updates of status of the ZDM230 dimmer</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zdp200_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zdp200_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZDP200 HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer</label>
<description><![CDATA[
HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Provides wireless dimming of lights, and ON/OFF control of lights connected to the Plug-In Lamp Module.<br /><br />Plugs directly into wall outlet and provides a switched 230 VAC source. The programming button on the module is also a manual on and off switch.<br /><br />Each Plug-In Lamp Module functions as an automatic repeater to other HomePro Modules to ensure full home coverage.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Use the button on the device.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.</p>
HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Provides wireless dimming of lights, and ON/OFF control of lights connected to the Plug-In Lamp Module.<br /><br />Plugs directly into wall outlet and provides a switched 230 VAC source. The programming button on the module is also a manual on and off switch.<br /><br />Each Plug-In Lamp Module functions as an automatic repeater to other HomePro Modules to ensure full home coverage.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Use the button on the device.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.</p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>

26
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zdw103_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zdw103_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZDW103 Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This Wall Mounted Dimmer Receiver can be easily installed to directly or remotely control the on/off and dimming of any connected incandescent lighting or control a motorized window shade or blind. Three way control is possible with an AS101 auxiliary switch</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch paddle on the ZDW103 once</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch paddle on the ZDW103 once</p>
Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This Wall Mounted Dimmer Receiver can be easily installed to directly or remotely control the on/off and dimming of any connected incandescent lighting or control a motorized window shade or blind. Three way control is possible with an AS101 auxiliary switch</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch paddle on the ZDW103 once</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch paddle on the ZDW103 once</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This Wall Mounted Di
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit For Dim</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.</p>
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Suspend Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW103 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.<br />It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW103 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.<br />It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.</p>
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night
<parameter name="config_4_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>4: Invert Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /><h1
<parameter name="config_6_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>6: Don’t Send Level Command After Dim</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of dim level information update<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW103 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW103 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW103. By default, the ZDW103 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW103 to do this set this parameter to 0.</p>
Change behavior of dim level information update<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW103 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW103 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW103. By default, the ZDW103 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW103 to do this set this parameter to 0.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Change behavior of dim level information update<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When yo
min="1" max="255">
<label>8: On/Off Command Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds</p>
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /><h1>Overview</h1
min="1" max="255">
<label>10: Local Control Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the dim rate<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
Sets the dim rate<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Sets the dim rate<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecon
min="1" max="255">
<label>12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value
<parameter name="config_13_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>After the ZDW103 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW103’s new level. To prevent the ZDW103 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>After the ZDW103 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW103’s new level. To prevent the ZDW103 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
<parameter name="config_14_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>14: Enable Shade Control Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable Shade Control Group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
Enable Shade Control Group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Enable Shade Control Group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control sha
<parameter name="config_15_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>15: Enable Shade Control Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable Shade Control Group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
Enable Shade Control Group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Enable Shade Control Group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 can control sha
<parameter name="config_19_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>19: LED Transmission Indication</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW103 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW103 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW103 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<options>

22
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zdw120_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zdw120_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZDW120 Two Wire Wall Dimmer</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Two Wire Wall Dimmer<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 Wall Mounted Dimmer is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Wall Mounted Dimmer in place of the standard wall switch according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZDW120 Wall Mounted Dimmer on the ZTH100 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights connected</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or the bottom of the ZDW20 switch once.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or the bottom of the ZDW20 switch once.</p>
Two Wire Wall Dimmer<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 Wall Mounted Dimmer is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Wall Mounted Dimmer in place of the standard wall switch according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZDW120 Wall Mounted Dimmer on the ZTH100 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights connected</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or the bottom of the ZDW20 switch once.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or the bottom of the ZDW20 switch once.</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Two Wire Wall Dimmer<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 Wall Mounted Dimmer is
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Ignore Start Level Bit When Dimming</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.</p>
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Suspend Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW120 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.<br />It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW120 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.<br />It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Disable transmission of command to Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.</p>
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Defines the behavior of the blue LED.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Default is Night
<parameter name="config_4_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>4: Invert Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.<br /><h1
<parameter name="config_6_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>6: Don’t Send Level Command after Dim</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of dim level information update<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW120 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW120 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW120. By default, the ZDW120 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW120 to do this set this parameter to 0.</p>
Change behavior of dim level information update<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW120 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW120 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW120. By default, the ZDW120 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW120 to do this set this parameter to 0.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Change behavior of dim level information update<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When yo
min="1" max="255">
<label>8: On/Off Command Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds</p>
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.<br /><h1>Overview</h1
min="1" max="255">
<label>10: Local Control Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the dim rate<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
Sets the dim rate<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Sets the dim rate<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecon
min="1" max="255">
<label>12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This value
<parameter name="config_13_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>After the ZDW120 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW120’s new level. To prevent the ZDW120 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>After the ZDW120 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW120’s new level. To prevent the ZDW120 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
<parameter name="config_19_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>19: LED Transmission Indication</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW120 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZDW120 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW120 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<options>

16
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zir010_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zir010_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZIR010 PIR Motion Sensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
PIR Motion Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 Wall Mounted Sensor is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Inclusion of this Wall Mounted Sensor on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote turn-on of HomePro receivers and their connected lighting when the ZIR010 is triggered. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>ZIR010 must be installed in its permanent location. To include or exclude the ZIR010 from the Z-Wave network, press the brown button marked “button” (inside) when prompted by a Z-Wave controller. For ZIR010 to work properly over longer distances (i.e. communicate via more nodes), add it to the network after you have added all other non-battery operated devices. Now replace the cover and screw. The ZIR010 will stay “awake” for ten minutes when power is first applied to allow time for configuration.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>To exclude the ZIR010 from the Z-Wave network, press the brown button marked “button” (inside) when prompted by a Z-Wave controller. </p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life.</p> <p>The time interval between Wakeup Notification Commands can be adjusted if you have a device that supports this. Refer to that device’s instructions.</p> <p>The time the ZIR010 stays awake can be adjusted from 15 seconds to 45 seconds by sending a value of 15 to 45 to the ZIR010 using Configuration Parameter # 22 (when asked for the number of bytes, select 1). This awake time period starts over every time the ZIR010 receives a command or request.</p>
PIR Motion Sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 Wall Mounted Sensor is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Inclusion of this Wall Mounted Sensor on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote turn-on of HomePro receivers and their connected lighting when the ZIR010 is triggered. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>ZIR010 must be installed in its permanent location. To include or exclude the ZIR010 from the Z-Wave network, press the brown button marked “button” (inside) when prompted by a Z-Wave controller. For ZIR010 to work properly over longer distances (i.e. communicate via more nodes), add it to the network after you have added all other non-battery operated devices. Now replace the cover and screw. The ZIR010 will stay “awake” for ten minutes when power is first applied to allow time for configuration.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>To exclude the ZIR010 from the Z-Wave network, press the brown button marked “button” (inside) when prompted by a Z-Wave controller. </p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life.</p> <p>The time interval between Wakeup Notification Commands can be adjusted if you have a device that supports this. Refer to that device’s instructions.</p> <p>The time the ZIR010 stays awake can be adjusted from 15 seconds to 45 seconds by sending a value of 15 to 45 to the ZIR010 using Configuration Parameter # 22 (when asked for the number of bytes, select 1). This awake time period starts over every time the ZIR010 receives a command or request.</p>
]]></description>
<category>MotionDetector</category>
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ PIR Motion Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 Wall Mounted Sensor is a c
<parameter name="config_17_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>17: Mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 can be configured to operate in 1 of 3 modes. Those modes are: </p> <p>• Lighting Mode (factory default)<br />• Alarm Mode<br />• Sensor Mode</p> <p>To change the mode of operation:<br />For Lighting Mode: Send a value of 0 to Configuration Parameter #17.<br />For Alarm Mode: Send a value of 1 to Configuration Parameter #17.<br />For Sensor Mode: Send a value of 2 to Configuration Parameter # 17.</p>
Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 can be configured to operate in 1 of 3 modes. Those modes are: </p> <p>• Lighting Mode (factory default)<br />• Alarm Mode<br />• Sensor Mode</p> <p>To change the mode of operation:<br />For Lighting Mode: Send a value of 0 to Configuration Parameter #17.<br />For Alarm Mode: Send a value of 1 to Configuration Parameter #17.<br />For Sensor Mode: Send a value of 2 to Configuration Parameter # 17.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR0
min="0" max="255">
<label>18: Off/Idle delay</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configuring the off/idle delay<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>OFF/IDLE (Applicable only when the ZIR010 is configured for Lighting or Binary Sensor Mode).</p> <p>The ZIR010 will consider there to be “No Activity” after 2 minutes passes during which the ZIR010 detected no motion. At that point, the ZIR010 can be configured to immediately send the OFF or IDLE command or it can be configured to send it from 1 minute to 255 minutes later. (+/- 1 minute).</p>
Configuring the off/idle delay<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>OFF/IDLE (Applicable only when the ZIR010 is configured for Lighting or Binary Sensor Mode).</p> <p>The ZIR010 will consider there to be “No Activity” after 2 minutes passes during which the ZIR010 detected no motion. At that point, the ZIR010 can be configured to immediately send the OFF or IDLE command or it can be configured to send it from 1 minute to 255 minutes later. (+/- 1 minute).</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Configuring the off/idle delay<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>OFF/IDLE (Applicable onl
<parameter name="config_19_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>19: Unsolicited Commands</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 can be disabled from sending commands unsolicited without removing associated devices by setting Configuration Parameter # 19 to 0 (when asked for number of bytes, select 1). Setting it back to 1 will re-enable the ZIR010. </p>
Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 can be disabled from sending commands unsolicited without removing associated devices by setting Configuration Parameter # 19 to 0 (when asked for number of bytes, select 1). Setting it back to 1 will re-enable the ZIR010. </p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>
min="15" max="45">
<label>22: Awake Time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life. </p> <p>The time interval between Wakeup Notification Commands can be adjusted if you have a device that supports this. Refer to that device’s instructions. </p> <p>The time the ZIR010 stays awake can be adjusted from 15 seconds to 45 seconds by sending a value of 15 to 45 to the ZIR010 using Configuration Parameter # 22 (when asked for the number of bytes, select 1). This awake time period starts over every time the ZIR010 receives a command or request. </p>
Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life. </p> <p>The time interval between Wakeup Notification Commands can be adjusted if you have a device that supports this. Refer to that device’s instructions. </p> <p>The time the ZIR010 stays awake can be adjusted from 15 seconds to 45 seconds by sending a value of 15 to 45 to the ZIR010 using Configuration Parameter # 22 (when asked for the number of bytes, select 1). This awake time period starts over every time the ZIR010 receives a command or request. </p>
]]></description>
<default>30</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.<br /><h
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Motion</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent ON and OFF commands. See OFF/IDLE command section below for how to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent*.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an ALARM command when the ZIR010 detects motion.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an update whenever the ZIR010 detects motion or stops detecting motion.</p> <p>* See OFF/IDLE command section below to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent ON and OFF commands. See OFF/IDLE command section below for how to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent*.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an ALARM command when the ZIR010 detects motion.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an update whenever the ZIR010 detects motion or stops detecting motion.</p> <p>* See OFF/IDLE command section below to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.<br /><h
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Tamper</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent ON commands when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operating in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an Alarm command when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an update when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent ON commands when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operating in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an Alarm command when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p> <p>If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an update when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.<br /><h
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Battery</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Any device that is associated into Group 3 will be sent battery level indications at specific intervals. There can be up to 5 devices associated into each group. <br /></p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Any device that is associated into Group 3 will be sent battery level indications at specific intervals. There can be up to 5 devices associated into each group. <br /></p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

20
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zrm230_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zrm230_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZRM230 Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency Controlled, 6A, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch, Dual Switch, Release 1.1  </p> <p>The ZRM230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.  </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Including to the Network (Must be installed in permanent location, not on test bench).<br />1. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.<br />2. Tap either the top or bottom of the left switch once  </p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>1. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.<br />2. Tap either the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  </p>
Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency Controlled, 6A, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch, Dual Switch, Release 1.1  </p> <p>The ZRM230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.  </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Including to the Network (Must be installed in permanent location, not on test bench).<br />1. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.<br />2. Tap either the top or bottom of the left switch once  </p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>1. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.<br />2. Tap either the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  </p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Radio Frequency Contro
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Ignore start level</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will ignore the start level.</p>
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will ignore the start level.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands.<br /><h1>Overview</h1
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Suspend Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRM230 from transmitting todevices that are “associated” into Group 4.</p>
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRM230 from transmitting todevices that are “associated” into Group 4.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You m
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
LED behaviour of the ZRM230.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
LED behaviour of the ZRM230.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ LED behaviour of the ZRM230.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRM230 will
<parameter name="config_4_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>4: Invert Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1. Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1. Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the swi
min="0" max="1">
<label>14: Enable Shade Control Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Operate shade control devices on group 2.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
Operate shade control devices on group 2.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Operate shade control devices on group 2.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 ca
min="0" max="1">
<label>15: Enable Shade Control Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Operate shade control devices on group 3.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
Operate shade control devices on group 3.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Operate shade control devices on group 3.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 ca
<parameter name="config_19_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>19: LED Transmission Indication</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Z-Wave transmission LED settings.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to notflicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.  </p>
Z-Wave transmission LED settings.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to notflicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<options>
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Z-Wave transmission LED settings.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRM230 will flick
min="0" max="255">
<label>20: Poll Group 2 Interval</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Poll Group 2 Interval (minutes), valid values = 1 through 255 (Default value is 2).</p>
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Poll Group 2 Interval (minutes), valid values = 1 through 255 (Default value is 2).</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Poll Group 2 Interval
min="0" max="1">
<label>22: Poll Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 2 poll control.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Poll Group 2, if value is 1, the ZRM230 will poll group 2 at the interval set in configuration Parameter 20.</p>
Group 2 poll control.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Poll Group 2, if value is 1, the ZRM230 will poll group 2 at the interval set in configuration Parameter 20.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zrp100_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zrp100_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZRP100 HomePro Appliance Module ZRP100</label>
<description><![CDATA[
HomePro Appliance Module ZRP100<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Provides wireless ON/OFF control of lamps and other electrical appliances connected to the Plug-In Appliance Module. The wall hugging design plugs into a wall outlet and provides a grounded switched 120 VAC outlet on one side and a grounded pass thru "always powered" 120 VAC outlet on the other. Controlled outlet also has sense feature that turns it on when load is turned on. </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button on the device.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button on the device.</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p><br /></p>
HomePro Appliance Module ZRP100<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Provides wireless ON/OFF control of lamps and other electrical appliances connected to the Plug-In Appliance Module. The wall hugging design plugs into a wall outlet and provides a grounded switched 120 VAC outlet on one side and a grounded pass thru "always powered" 120 VAC outlet on the other. Controlled outlet also has sense feature that turns it on when load is turned on. </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button on the device.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button on the device.</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p><br /></p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zrp200_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zrp200_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZRP200 HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200</label>
<description><![CDATA[
HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a very old appliance module, which doesn't report the manufacturer information. You'll have to edit the node.xml file(s) yourself. Change the manufacturer from 0x7fffffff to 0x1, to set it to manufacturer ACT. Also, change the deviceType to 7fff and the deviceid to 7fff.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Use the button on the device.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.</p>
HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a very old appliance module, which doesn't report the manufacturer information. You'll have to edit the node.xml file(s) yourself. Change the manufacturer from 0x7fffffff to 0x1, to set it to manufacturer ACT. Also, change the deviceType to 7fff and the deviceid to 7fff.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Use the button on the device.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.</p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>

6
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zrw103_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zrw103_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZRW103 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Z-Wave remote control relay wall switch. Supports ON and OFF only, no dimming. Use for fluorescent or motor loads. Neutral is required. Supports 3-way operation, up to 2 companion switches may be connected (use AS101 for companion switches). </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p><br /></p>
Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Z-Wave remote control relay wall switch. Supports ON and OFF only, no dimming. Use for fluorescent or motor loads. Neutral is required. Supports 3-way operation, up to 2 companion switches may be connected (use AS101 for companion switches). </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p><br /></p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Z-Wave remote control relay w
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Tap twice to invoke on/off for group<br /></p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Tap twice to invoke on/off for group<br /></p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Z-Wave remote control relay w
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Tap three times to invoke on/off for group</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Tap three times to invoke on/off for group</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

24
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/zrw230_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_zrw230_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p><b>ZRW230 WALL MOUNTED SWITCH</b></p> <p>The ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system.</p> <p>This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system. </p> <p>As part of a Z-Wave network, the ZRW230 will also act as a wireless repeater to insure that commands intended for another device in the network are received. This is useful when the device would otherwise be out of the radio range of the wireless controller.</p> <p>There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, the unit must be returned where purchased.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p><b>Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)</b></p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.</li> <li>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p><b>Excluding from the Network</b></p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.</li> <li>Tap either the top or the bottom of the switch once.</li> </ol>
Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p><b>ZRW230 WALL MOUNTED SWITCH</b></p> <p>The ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system.</p> <p>This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system. </p> <p>As part of a Z-Wave network, the ZRW230 will also act as a wireless repeater to insure that commands intended for another device in the network are received. This is useful when the device would otherwise be out of the radio range of the wireless controller.</p> <p>There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, the unit must be returned where purchased.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p><b>Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)</b></p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.</li> <li>Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p><b>Excluding from the Network</b></p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.</li> <li>Tap either the top or the bottom of the switch once.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p><b>ZRW230 WALL MOUNTED SWITCH
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.</p>
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
<parameter name="config_2_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>2: Suspend Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRW230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.</p>
Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRW230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4<br /><h1>Ove
<parameter name="config_3_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRW230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRW230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZRW23
<parameter name="config_4_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>4: Invert Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1.</p>
Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Switch (paddle) behaviour.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the swi
<parameter name="config_14_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>14: Enable Shade Control Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2<br /><h1>Overview</
<parameter name="config_15_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>15: Enable Shade Control Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3<br /><h1>Overview</
<parameter name="config_19_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>19: LED Transmission Indication</label>
<description><![CDATA[
LED Transmission Indication<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRW230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
LED Transmission Indication<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRW230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<options>
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ LED Transmission Indication<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Tapping paddle once</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 1 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 1, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <i>once</i>. The load attached to the ZRW230 will also turn on or off.</p> <p>Associating nodes into group 2 or 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 1 nodes.</p> <p>You can brighten the controlled device by pushing and holding the top of the switch, dim by pushing and holding</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 1 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 1, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <i>once</i>. The load attached to the ZRW230 will also turn on or off.</p> <p>Associating nodes into group 2 or 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 1 nodes.</p> <p>You can brighten the controlled device by pushing and holding the top of the switch, dim by pushing and holding</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ LED Transmission Indication<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Tapping paddle twice</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 2 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 2, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <em>twice</em>.</p> <p>You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch once then push and hold the top or bottom.</p> <p>The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 2 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 2, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <em>twice</em>.</p> <p>You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch once then push and hold the top or bottom.</p> <p>The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ LED Transmission Indication<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Tapping paddle three times</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 3 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 3, you can turn that device ON or OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <i>three times</i>.</p> <p>You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch twice then push and hold the top or bottom.</p> <p>The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 3 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 3, you can turn that device ON or OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch <i>three times</i>.</p> <p>You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch twice then push and hold the top or bottom.</p> <p>The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ LED Transmission Indication<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZRW230 will flicker its
<parameter name="group_4" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>4: By command to the ZRW230</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 4 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 4, that device will be commanded to turn on or off when the ZRW230 is commanded to turn on or off.</p> <p>Caution: The ZRW230 will not transmit to Z-Wave devices in Group 4 if it is already in the state that the Z-Wave command commanded it to.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 4 Control:</p> <p>If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 4, that device will be commanded to turn on or off when the ZRW230 is commanded to turn on or off.</p> <p>Caution: The ZRW230 will not transmit to Z-Wave devices in Group 4 if it is already in the state that the Z-Wave command commanded it to.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

48
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/act/ztm230_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="act_ztm230_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZTM230 Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Transmitter anywhere power is available according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights controlled by associated modules, as it does not control any electrical load directly.</p> <p>This Wall Mounted Transmitter is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be Included in the network and will also act as repeaters to increase the range of the network.  </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)</p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to include the device into the network.</li> <li>Tap the top or bottom of the left switch once  <br /><br /></li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.</li> <li>Tap the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  </li> </ol>
Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Transmitter anywhere power is available according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights controlled by associated modules, as it does not control any electrical load directly.</p> <p>This Wall Mounted Transmitter is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be Included in the network and will also act as repeaters to increase the range of the network.  </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)</p> <ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to include the device into the network.</li> <li>Tap the top or bottom of the left switch once  <br /><br /></li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.</li> <li>Tap the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  </li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 Wall Mo
<parameter name="config_1_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>1: Ignore Transmitting Start Level Bit</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0.  </p>
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="1">
<label>2: Suspend Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group.<br />Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZTM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4  </p>
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group.<br />Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZTM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4  </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>You m
min="0" max="1">
<label>3: Night Light</label>
<description><![CDATA[
LED behaviour of the ZTM230.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZTM230, will by default, turn ON when the status of the devices in Group 1 is ON. To make the LED turn ON when the status of Group 1 is OFF set this parameter to a value of 1.  </p>
LED behaviour of the ZTM230.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZTM230, will by default, turn ON when the status of the devices in Group 1 is ON. To make the LED turn ON when the status of Group 1 is OFF set this parameter to a value of 1.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ LED behaviour of the ZTM230.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LED on the ZTM230, wil
min="0" max="1">
<label>4: Invert Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Switch paddle behaviour<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the transmitter to OFF and the bottom of the transmitter to ON, set parameter 4 to 1. To change back to original settings, set this parameter to the value of 0.  </p>
Switch paddle behaviour<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the transmitter to OFF and the bottom of the transmitter to ON, set parameter 4 to 1. To change back to original settings, set this parameter to the value of 0.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Switch paddle behaviour<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>To change the top of the transm
min="0" max="1">
<label>5: Ignore Receiving Start Level Bit</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0</p> <p><strong>Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.</strong></p>
Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0</p> <p><strong>Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.</strong></p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM2
min="1" max="99">
<label>7: On/Off Command dim step</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dim step parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim step (dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 99. This value indicates how many levels the dimmer will change when the timer (discussed below) expires.</p>
Dim step parameter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim step (dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 99. This value indicates how many levels the dimmer will change when the timer (discussed below) expires.</p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Dim step parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim step (dim rate) parameter. It ca
min="1" max="255">
<label>8: On/Off Command dim timer</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dim timer parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer parameter (how fast the dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 255. This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then the dim level will change every 10mS. If you set it to 255, then the dim level will change every 2.55 seconds.  </p>
Dim timer parameter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer parameter (how fast the dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 255. This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then the dim level will change every 10mS. If you set it to 255, then the dim level will change every 2.55 seconds.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Dim timer parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer parameter (how fast the d
min="1" max="99">
<label>9: Local Control dim rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dim step Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Local Control dim rate. </p>
Dim step Parameter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Local Control dim rate. </p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Dim step Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Local Control dim rate. </p>
min="1" max="255">
<label>10: Dim timer Parameter</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dim timer Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer Parameter. </p>
Dim timer Parameter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer Parameter. </p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Dim timer Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Dim timer Parameter. </p>
min="1" max="99">
<label>11: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step</label>
<description><![CDATA[
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate step parameter. </p>
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate step parameter. </p>
]]></description>
<default>3</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate step p
min="1" max="255">
<label>12: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Dim timer Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate timer Parameter.</p>
Dim timer Parameter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate timer Parameter.</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Dim timer Parameter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate timer Para
min="0" max="1">
<label>13: Disable group 4 during dim command</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable group 4 during dim command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.<br /><br />After the ZTM230 is commanded to stop dimming when it has been dimming because of the DIM START command, it will then command the Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 to its new level. To prevent the ZTM230 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
Disable group 4 during dim command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.<br /><br />After the ZTM230 is commanded to stop dimming when it has been dimming because of the DIM START command, it will then command the Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 to its new level. To prevent the ZTM230 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Disable group 4 during dim command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Note that this only
min="0" max="1">
<label>14: Enable shade control group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable shade control group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
Enable shade control group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Enable shade control group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control sha
min="0" max="1">
<label>15: Enable shade control group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable shade control group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
Enable shade control group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Enable shade control group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control sha
min="0" max="1">
<label>16: Enable shade control group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable shade control group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 1 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
Enable shade control group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 1 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Enable shade control group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 can control sha
min="0" max="2">
<label>19: Transmission LED</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Transmission LED behaviour<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZTM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
Transmission LED behaviour<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZTM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Transmission LED behaviour<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will flicker its
min="1" max="255">
<label>20: Poll group 1 interval</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 1 poll interval<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>How often it will poll Group 1 is configured using this parameter 20. The default poll rate is 2. Note that the poll interval starts timing again upon successful transmission of the poll request. Also note that the polling interval is not “exact” and that you may see some slight drift occur. Also the poll interval is reset upon switch being pressed. In addition, on power up, the ZTM230 will randomly poll based upon it’s node ID within 2 minutes of power being applied.  </p>
Group 1 poll interval<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>How often it will poll Group 1 is configured using this parameter 20. The default poll rate is 2. Note that the poll interval starts timing again upon successful transmission of the poll request. Also note that the polling interval is not “exact” and that you may see some slight drift occur. Also the poll interval is reset upon switch being pressed. In addition, on power up, the ZTM230 will randomly poll based upon it’s node ID within 2 minutes of power being applied.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Group 1 poll interval<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>How often it will poll Group 1 is
min="0" max="1">
<label>21: Poll group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Poll group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 1 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  </p>
Poll group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 1 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Poll group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Gro
min="0" max="1">
<label>22: Poll Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 2 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  </p>
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 2 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  </p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The ZTM230 will poll t
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 1 left paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the left switch.<br />Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the left switch until the desired dim level is reached.  </p>
Group 1 left paddle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the left switch.<br />Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the left switch until the desired dim level is reached.  </p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Group 1 left paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON a
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 2 right paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch.<br />Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the right switch until the desired dim level is reached. The LED on the right switch will indicate the status of group 2. Group 2 will be polled at a specific interval and the status of group 2 will be indicated via the LED. The polling interval can be configured.</p>
Group 2 right paddle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch.<br />Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the right switch until the desired dim level is reached. The LED on the right switch will indicate the status of group 2. Group 2 will be polled at a specific interval and the status of group 2 will be indicated via the LED. The polling interval can be configured.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Group 2 right paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON
<parameter name="group_3" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>3: Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 3 double tap right paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch twice. Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by tapping the bottom of the switch once and then pressing and holding the bottom of the switch until the desired dim level is reached.<br /></p> <p>note that associating nodes into group 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 2.  </p>
Group 3 double tap right paddle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch twice. Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by tapping the bottom of the switch once and then pressing and holding the bottom of the switch until the desired dim level is reached.<br /></p> <p>note that associating nodes into group 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 2.  </p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Group 3 double tap right paddle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are
<parameter name="group_4" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>4: Group 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 4<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON or OFF or set to a specific dim level when the ZTM230 is controlled remotely. You can place up to 5 nodes in each group.<br />If controlling dimmers, for best results, associate the dimmers into the group first.  </p>
Group 4<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Nodes in this group are turned ON or OFF or set to a specific dim level when the ZTM230 is controlled remotely. You can place up to 5 nodes in each group.<br />If controlling dimmers, for best results, associate the dimmers into the group first.  </p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsa02203_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsa02203_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSA02203 Z-Stick S2 USB Controller</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Z-Stick S2 USB Controller<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>USB stick controller</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>use OpenHAB</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>use OpenHAB</p>
Z-Stick S2 USB Controller<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>USB stick controller</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>use OpenHAB</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>use OpenHAB</p>
]]></description>
<category>RemoteControl</category>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsa03202_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsa03202_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSA03202 Minimote 4 button remote control</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Minimote 4 button remote control<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Minimote is a fully functional Z-Wave remote control capable of adding, removing and controlling other Z-Wave devices. It can also become a secondary or inclusion controller to a SIS gateway in the Z-Wave network. Form-factor, industrial design and robust functionality are the major foci. RF range is 100ft. indoors and 300ft. outdoors.</p> <p>Network setup buttons (such as adding and removing Z-Wave products to the network) are located underneath the bottom-slide door while Z-Wave scene control buttons are easily available to the user on the top of the remote controller.</p> <p>By taking advantage of the Z-Wave mesh network, commands can be routed to their destination via intermediary “listening” Z-Wave products. Products that are Z-Wave certified can be used and communicate with other Z-Wave certified devices. </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>1. Press the button labeled “Learn” – The blue LED will blink slowly.</p> <p>2. Press the button labeled “Include” on the other Z-Wave controller - The blue and red LEDs will blink quickly to indicate detection of the other Z-Wave controller.</p> <p>Consult the operation manual of other controllers for instructions on how to add the Minimote as a secondary/inclusion controller into an existing network.</p> <p>3. Consult the operation manual of other controllers for instructions on how to add the Minimote as a secondary/inclusion controller into an existing network.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Once added as a secondary controller, the Minimote cannot be excluded. To remove it from the network, it must be reset.</p> <p>1. Press and hold both the buttons labeled “Associate” and “Learn” for 10 seconds – The red LED will blink from slow to fast.</p> <p>2. The blue LEDs will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate success.</p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>1. Press and hold the button labeled “Learn” for 3 seconds – The Minimote will stay awake for 30 seconds.</p> <p>2. The blue LEDs will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate success.</p>
Minimote 4 button remote control<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Minimote is a fully functional Z-Wave remote control capable of adding, removing and controlling other Z-Wave devices. It can also become a secondary or inclusion controller to a SIS gateway in the Z-Wave network. Form-factor, industrial design and robust functionality are the major foci. RF range is 100ft. indoors and 300ft. outdoors.</p> <p>Network setup buttons (such as adding and removing Z-Wave products to the network) are located underneath the bottom-slide door while Z-Wave scene control buttons are easily available to the user on the top of the remote controller.</p> <p>By taking advantage of the Z-Wave mesh network, commands can be routed to their destination via intermediary “listening” Z-Wave products. Products that are Z-Wave certified can be used and communicate with other Z-Wave certified devices. </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>1. Press the button labeled “Learn” – The blue LED will blink slowly.</p> <p>2. Press the button labeled “Include” on the other Z-Wave controller - The blue and red LEDs will blink quickly to indicate detection of the other Z-Wave controller.</p> <p>Consult the operation manual of other controllers for instructions on how to add the Minimote as a secondary/inclusion controller into an existing network.</p> <p>3. Consult the operation manual of other controllers for instructions on how to add the Minimote as a secondary/inclusion controller into an existing network.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Once added as a secondary controller, the Minimote cannot be excluded. To remove it from the network, it must be reset.</p> <p>1. Press and hold both the buttons labeled “Associate” and “Learn” for 10 seconds – The red LED will blink from slow to fast.</p> <p>2. The blue LEDs will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate success.</p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>1. Press and hold the button labeled “Learn” for 3 seconds – The Minimote will stay awake for 30 seconds.</p> <p>2. The blue LEDs will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate success.</p>
]]></description>
<category>RemoteControl</category>
@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Minimote 4 button remote control<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Minimote is a full
<parameter name="config_250_1_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>250: Secondary Controller Mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Selects Group Mode or Scene Mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices.  When in Scene Mode, Minimote button presses will send SCENE_ACTIVATION commands (NOTE: SCENE_ACTIVATION will only be received if the primary controller is NODE 1).</p>
Selects Group Mode or Scene Mode<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices.  When in Scene Mode, Minimote button presses will send SCENE_ACTIVATION commands (NOTE: SCENE_ACTIVATION will only be received if the primary controller is NODE 1).</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsa22_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsa22_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSA22 4 button keyfob</label>
<description><![CDATA[
4 button keyfob<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Remote controls revolutionized the way we could do things. They changed the way we watch TV. They changed we listen to music. They even changed the way we park our cars. And then they stopped revolutionizing and instead evolved to become more and more complex. They became bigger. They became weighed down with too many buttons, too many confusing things that you <em>could</em> do.</p> <p>The Aeotec Key Fob Remote Control takes the remote back to where it began. It’s easy to use. It’s simple. It’s small. It’s there for when you need it and it’s out of sight for when you don’t. It’s been designed to further the Z-Wave revolution.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Using something such as a pin or a paper clip, press the Learn button on the Key Fob Remote Control. Its light will begin to pulse.</li> <li>Press the Include button on your primary Z-Wave controller. If you’re unsure of how to do this, refer to its user manual.</li> <li>Once the two devices have exchanged information, the light on the Key Fob Remote Control will stay lit for 2 seconds.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Resetting your Key Fob Remote Control</p> <p>If you ever want to completely reset your Key Fob Remote Control’s settings, you can.</p> <ol><li>Using a pin or a paper clip, press and hold the Mode button 10 seconds.</li> <li>The green and red light are blinking when Key Fob Remote Control is resetting, and the green light on your Key Fob Remote Control will stay lit for 2 seconds when successful. If learn unsuccess, the red light on the Portable Panic Button will stay lit for 2 seconds, then repeat from start step 1 again.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Not Provided</p>
4 button keyfob<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Remote controls revolutionized the way we could do things. They changed the way we watch TV. They changed we listen to music. They even changed the way we park our cars. And then they stopped revolutionizing and instead evolved to become more and more complex. They became bigger. They became weighed down with too many buttons, too many confusing things that you <em>could</em> do.</p> <p>The Aeotec Key Fob Remote Control takes the remote back to where it began. It’s easy to use. It’s simple. It’s small. It’s there for when you need it and it’s out of sight for when you don’t. It’s been designed to further the Z-Wave revolution.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Using something such as a pin or a paper clip, press the Learn button on the Key Fob Remote Control. Its light will begin to pulse.</li> <li>Press the Include button on your primary Z-Wave controller. If you’re unsure of how to do this, refer to its user manual.</li> <li>Once the two devices have exchanged information, the light on the Key Fob Remote Control will stay lit for 2 seconds.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Resetting your Key Fob Remote Control</p> <p>If you ever want to completely reset your Key Fob Remote Control’s settings, you can.</p> <ol><li>Using a pin or a paper clip, press and hold the Mode button 10 seconds.</li> <li>The green and red light are blinking when Key Fob Remote Control is resetting, and the green light on your Key Fob Remote Control will stay lit for 2 seconds when successful. If learn unsuccess, the red light on the Portable Panic Button will stay lit for 2 seconds, then repeat from start step 1 again.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Not Provided</p>
]]></description>
<category>RemoteControl</category>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsa38_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsa38_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSA38 Panic Button Key Fob</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Panic Button Key Fob<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Panic Button is a fully functional Z-Wave remote control capable of adding, removing, and controlling other Z-Wave devices. it can also become a secondary or inclusion controller to a SIS gateway in the Z-Wave network.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Learn button on your Panic Button with the pin or press the bottom- right action button. Your Panic Button’s green light will begin to pulse.</li> <li>When Panic Button successfully joins your Z-Wave network, its LED will flash green slowly 3 times and then quickly flash green for 2 seconds before turning solid green for 2 seconds.</li> <li>Should the LED continue to flash green for 30 seconds before turning off, it has been unable to join your Z-Wave network; repeat the above steps and please contact us for further support if needed.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Reset:</p> <p>Your Panic Button can be reset to default factory settings with ease.</p> <ol><li>Press and hold the Learn button for 20 seconds with a pin.</li> <li>The green and red light will alternate for 20 seconds, then the green light will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate a successful reset</li> </ol><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Not Provided</p>
Panic Button Key Fob<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Panic Button is a fully functional Z-Wave remote control capable of adding, removing, and controlling other Z-Wave devices. it can also become a secondary or inclusion controller to a SIS gateway in the Z-Wave network.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Learn button on your Panic Button with the pin or press the bottom- right action button. Your Panic Button’s green light will begin to pulse.</li> <li>When Panic Button successfully joins your Z-Wave network, its LED will flash green slowly 3 times and then quickly flash green for 2 seconds before turning solid green for 2 seconds.</li> <li>Should the LED continue to flash green for 30 seconds before turning off, it has been unable to join your Z-Wave network; repeat the above steps and please contact us for further support if needed.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Reset:</p> <p>Your Panic Button can be reset to default factory settings with ease.</p> <ol><li>Press and hold the Learn button for 20 seconds with a pin.</li> <li>The green and red light will alternate for 20 seconds, then the green light will stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate a successful reset</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Not Provided</p>
]]></description>
<category>RemoteControl</category>

12
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb05_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb05_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB05 4 in One MultiSensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
4 in One MultiSensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs MultiSensor is a routing binary sensor device based on Zwave routing slave library V5.03.  </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the tamper button 3 times rapidly.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the tamper button 3 times rapidly.</p> <p>NOTE:</p> <p>As soon as the MultiSensor is removed from a z-wave network it will restore itself to factory settings. </p> <br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>· Waking up the Multisensor for 10 minutes:</p> <p>Try ONE of the following:</p> <ol><li>MultiSensor will wake up 10 minutes after it is included into z-wave network.</li> <li>The button is pressed 3 times, then the MultiSensor will wake 10 minutes.</li> <li>If configured, the MultiSensor can wake 10 minutes when on power</li> </ol>
4 in One MultiSensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs MultiSensor is a routing binary sensor device based on Zwave routing slave library V5.03.  </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the tamper button 3 times rapidly.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the tamper button 3 times rapidly.</p> <p>NOTE:</p> <p>As soon as the MultiSensor is removed from a z-wave network it will restore itself to factory settings. </p> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>· Waking up the Multisensor for 10 minutes:</p> <p>Try ONE of the following:</p> <ol><li>MultiSensor will wake up 10 minutes after it is included into z-wave network.</li> <li>The button is pressed 3 times, then the MultiSensor will wake 10 minutes.</li> <li>If configured, the MultiSensor can wake 10 minutes when on power</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>MotionDetector</category>
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
min="1" max="15300">
<label>3: On time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
On time before sending off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)</p>
On time before sending off command<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)</p>
]]></description>
<default>240</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ On time before sending off command<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>How long should the
min="0" max="225">
<label>101: Which reports to send to group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 1 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to <strong>225</strong> (recommended)</p>
Group 1 automatic report list<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to <strong>225</strong> (recommended)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Group 1 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combinatio
min="0" max="225">
<label>102: Which reports to send to group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 2 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225</p>
Group 2 automatic report list<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Group 2 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combinatio
min="0" max="225">
<label>103: Which reports to send to group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 3 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225</p>
Group 3 automatic report list<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.</p> <p>The sensors have the values:</p> <p>Temperature=32</p> <p>Humidity=64</p> <p>Lightlevel=128</p> <p>Battery=1                           </p> <p>Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Group 3 automatic report list<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combinatio
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Group 1 devices</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

20
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb09_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb09_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB09 Home Energy Meter</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Home Energy Meter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Your Home Energy Meter can be reset to default factory settings with ease.</p> <ol><li>Press and hold the Action Button for 10 seconds.</li> <li>If successful, the LED on the HEM should begin to blink slowly.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>The electrical installation of your Home Energy Meter (HEM) is now complete. You  must now wirelessly link it to your Z-Wave network.</p> <ol><li>Put your primary Z-Wave controller, usually a gateway or hub, into inclusion mode. If  you are not sure how to do this, please refer to your controller’s user manual.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your HEM. If it has been successfully linked to your  network, its LED will remain illuminated. If the linking was unsuccessful, your HEM’s LED will continue to blink.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Your Home Energy Meter (HEM) can be removed from your Z-Wave network at  any time. You'll need to use your Z-Wave network’s primary to do this.</p> <ol><li>Put your main controller into its device removal mode. If you are unsure how to do  this, please refer to your controller’s user manual.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your HEM. If it has been successfully removed from your  network, its LED will blink. If the removal was unsuccessful, its LED will be solid and it will be then repeated again.</li> </ol>
Home Energy Meter<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Your Home Energy Meter can be reset to default factory settings with ease.</p> <ol><li>Press and hold the Action Button for 10 seconds.</li> <li>If successful, the LED on the HEM should begin to blink slowly.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>The electrical installation of your Home Energy Meter (HEM) is now complete. You  must now wirelessly link it to your Z-Wave network.</p> <ol><li>Put your primary Z-Wave controller, usually a gateway or hub, into inclusion mode. If  you are not sure how to do this, please refer to your controller’s user manual.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your HEM. If it has been successfully linked to your  network, its LED will remain illuminated. If the linking was unsuccessful, your HEM’s LED will continue to blink.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Your Home Energy Meter (HEM) can be removed from your Z-Wave network at  any time. You'll need to use your Z-Wave network’s primary to do this.</p> <ol><li>Put your main controller into its device removal mode. If you are unsure how to do  this, please refer to your controller’s user manual.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your HEM. If it has been successfully removed from your  network, its LED will blink. If the removal was unsuccessful, its LED will be solid and it will be then repeated again.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>Sensor</category>
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Home Energy Meter<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Your Home Energy Meter can be reset t
min="0" max="60000">
<label>4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>
min="0" max="60000">
<label>5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="60000">
<label>6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="60000">
<label>7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-60,000</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="100">
<label>8: Percent Change - Whole HEM</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM)<br /><h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>9: Percent Change - Clamp 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Ov
min="0" max="100">
<label>10: Percent Change - Clamp 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2)<br /><h1>Ov
min="0" max="100">
<label>11: Percent Change - Clamp 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Valid values: 0-100</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3)<br /><h1>Ov
<parameter name="config_255_4_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>255: Reset to Factory</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reset all settings to factory defaults<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Reset all settings in unit to factory settings.  If you're getting crazy voltage readings in a unit after upgrading firmware, use this then reconfigure the unit.</p>
Reset all settings to factory defaults<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Reset all settings in unit to factory settings.  If you're getting crazy voltage readings in a unit after upgrading firmware, use this then reconfigure the unit.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

28
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb28_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb28_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB28 Home Energy Meter G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Home Energy Meter G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Home Energy Meter is a kind of energy meter for the entire home electric power consumption. It can report immediate wattage and kWh and voltage and amperage usage of the AC mains to a Z-Wave gateway wirelessly.</p> <p>It can send Z-Wave REPORTS (Meter v3 Command Class) to response Z-Wave GET command at any time.</p> <p>HEM can also be configured as sending unsolicited reports periodically to the associated nodes (within an association group). The time interval of reports can also be configured HEM can also send report of each individual channel with corresponding current clamp via the command of “Multi Channel Command Class Encapsulation ”.</p> <p>To reduce the network traffic, HEM can send reports only when the loads significant change occurred(by percentage or Wattage value change, which can be configured)</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Connect HEM G2 to power and install the device properly (according to the Installation instruction, if necessary, please ask an electrician for help) , at beginning its LED blink slowly.</li> <li>Let the primary controller of existing Z-Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button of HEM G2.</li> <li>If learning success, HEM G2 LED will stop slow blink, or it will still slow blink, please repeat the process from step 2. </li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Make sure the HEM G2 is powered, its LED be light on steadily.</li> <li>Let the primary controller of existing Z-Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button.</li> <li>If exclusion success, HEM G2 LED will blink slowly or its LED still be on, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol>
Home Energy Meter G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Home Energy Meter is a kind of energy meter for the entire home electric power consumption. It can report immediate wattage and kWh and voltage and amperage usage of the AC mains to a Z-Wave gateway wirelessly.</p> <p>It can send Z-Wave REPORTS (Meter v3 Command Class) to response Z-Wave GET command at any time.</p> <p>HEM can also be configured as sending unsolicited reports periodically to the associated nodes (within an association group). The time interval of reports can also be configured HEM can also send report of each individual channel with corresponding current clamp via the command of “Multi Channel Command Class Encapsulation ”.</p> <p>To reduce the network traffic, HEM can send reports only when the loads significant change occurred(by percentage or Wattage value change, which can be configured)</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Connect HEM G2 to power and install the device properly (according to the Installation instruction, if necessary, please ask an electrician for help) , at beginning its LED blink slowly.</li> <li>Let the primary controller of existing Z-Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button of HEM G2.</li> <li>If learning success, HEM G2 LED will stop slow blink, or it will still slow blink, please repeat the process from step 2. </li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Make sure the HEM G2 is powered, its LED be light on steadily.</li> <li>Let the primary controller of existing Z-Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button.</li> <li>If exclusion success, HEM G2 LED will blink slowly or its LED still be on, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>Sensor</category>
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Home Energy Meter G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Home Energy Meter is a k
min="0" max="16">
<label>3: Selective Reporting</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Report only when power change reaches a threshold set in 4-11 below.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below.</p> <p>This is used to reduce network traffic.(Bit 0: Whole HEM ,Bit 1:Clamp 1,Bit 2:Clamp 2,Bit 3:Clamp 3)</p>
Report only when power change reaches a threshold set in 4-11 below.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below.</p> <p>This is used to reduce network traffic.(Bit 0: Whole HEM ,Bit 1:Clamp 1,Bit 2:Clamp 2,Bit 3:Clamp 3)</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Report only when power change reaches a threshold set in 4-11 below.<br /><h1>Ov
min="0" max="60000">
<label>4: Power Threshold - Whole HEM</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>Ov
min="0" max="60000">
<label>5: Power Threshold - Clamp 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1)<br /><h1>Overv
min="0" max="60000">
<label>6: Power Threshold - Clamp 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
Threshold change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Threshold change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /><h1>Overv
min="0" max="60000">
<label>7: Power Threshold - Clamp 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Threshold change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /><h1>Over
min="0" max="100">
<label>8: Percent Change - Whole HEM</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).<br /><h1>O
min="0" max="100">
<label>9: Percent Change - Clamp 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Percentage change in power to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1).<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="100">
<label>10: Percent Change - Clamp 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2).<br /><h1>Over
min="0" max="100">
<label>11: Percent Change - Clamp 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Percentage change in power to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3).<br /><h1>Over
min="0" max="1061109568">
<label>101: Reports for group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reports for group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
Reports for group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Reports for group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2
min="0" max="1061109568">
<label>102: Reports for group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reports for group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
Reports for group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Reports for group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2
min="0" max="1061109568">
<label>103: Reports for group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reports for group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
Reports for group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2 -&gt; MultiSensor Report for the whole device<br /><br />4 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for the whole device<br /><br />8 -&gt; Meter Report for kWh for the whole device<br /><br />256 -&gt; Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1<br /><br />512 -&gt; Meter Report for W</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Reports for group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1 -&gt; Battery Report<br /><br />2
<parameter name="config_255_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>255: Factory Reset</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reset all settings to factory defaults<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>If you upgrade firmware and are seeing crazy or impossible numbers, reset to factory then reconfigure unit.</p>
Reset all settings to factory defaults<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>If you upgrade firmware and are seeing crazy or impossible numbers, reset to factory then reconfigure unit.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

6
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb29_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb29_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB29 Door/Window sensor Gen2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Door/Window sensor Gen2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Door &amp; Window Sensor finds out something very simple – whether a door or a window, or in fact any object in your home, is open or closed. But there’s power in simplicity. Power that allows you to inform the rest of your Z-Wave network about your selected doors and windows. Like a thermostat lets your heating and cooling systems know what they should do next, Aeotec’s Z-Wave Door &amp; Window Sensor does the same. Perhaps an open door means that your lights should turn on and welcome you home. Perhaps an open window means that an alarm should be triggered. Whatever it means to your home, with door and window sensors installed, your Z-Wave network will have both the power and the intelligence to do it.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Let your Z-Wave primary controller/gateway enter into adding/inclusion mode. </li> <li>Take your Sensor near to your primary controller. </li> <li>Press the Action Button once on your Sensor. </li> <li>If your Door Window Sensor has been successfully added to your Z-Wave network, its Status LED will fast blink for 2 seconds and then be solid for 2 seconds when you press the Action Button again. If the adding was unsuccessful and the Status LED continues to fast blink for 8 seconds and then slow blink for 3 seconds, repeat the above steps.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Put your primary controller into device removal mode. </li> <li>Unlock your Sensor from the Back Mount plate and take the Sensor unit near to your primary controller.  </li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor. </li> <li>If your Door Window Sensor has been successfully removed from your Z-Wave network, its Status LED will fast blink for 8 seconds and then slow blink for 3 seconds when you press the Action Button again. If the removing was unsuccessful, the Status LED will fast blink for 2 seconds and then be solid for 2 seconds when you press the Action Button, repeat the above steps.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><ol><li>Remove your Sensor unit from its Back Mounting Plate, press  the Action Button on the back of the Sensor unit and then release the Action Button. This will trigger and send a wake up notification command to your controller/gateway. </li> <li>If you want your Sensor to keep awake for a longer time, press and hold the Action Button on the back of the Sensor unit for 3 seconds, then your Sensor will wake up for 10 minutes and the Status LED will fast blink while it is awake.</li> </ol> 
Door/Window sensor Gen2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Door &amp; Window Sensor finds out something very simple – whether a door or a window, or in fact any object in your home, is open or closed. But there’s power in simplicity. Power that allows you to inform the rest of your Z-Wave network about your selected doors and windows. Like a thermostat lets your heating and cooling systems know what they should do next, Aeotec’s Z-Wave Door &amp; Window Sensor does the same. Perhaps an open door means that your lights should turn on and welcome you home. Perhaps an open window means that an alarm should be triggered. Whatever it means to your home, with door and window sensors installed, your Z-Wave network will have both the power and the intelligence to do it.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Let your Z-Wave primary controller/gateway enter into adding/inclusion mode. </li> <li>Take your Sensor near to your primary controller. </li> <li>Press the Action Button once on your Sensor. </li> <li>If your Door Window Sensor has been successfully added to your Z-Wave network, its Status LED will fast blink for 2 seconds and then be solid for 2 seconds when you press the Action Button again. If the adding was unsuccessful and the Status LED continues to fast blink for 8 seconds and then slow blink for 3 seconds, repeat the above steps.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Put your primary controller into device removal mode. </li> <li>Unlock your Sensor from the Back Mount plate and take the Sensor unit near to your primary controller.  </li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor. </li> <li>If your Door Window Sensor has been successfully removed from your Z-Wave network, its Status LED will fast blink for 8 seconds and then slow blink for 3 seconds when you press the Action Button again. If the removing was unsuccessful, the Status LED will fast blink for 2 seconds and then be solid for 2 seconds when you press the Action Button, repeat the above steps.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><ol><li>Remove your Sensor unit from its Back Mounting Plate, press  the Action Button on the back of the Sensor unit and then release the Action Button. This will trigger and send a wake up notification command to your controller/gateway. </li> <li>If you want your Sensor to keep awake for a longer time, press and hold the Action Button on the back of the Sensor unit for 3 seconds, then your Sensor will wake up for 10 minutes and the Status LED will fast blink while it is awake.</li> </ol> 
]]></description>
<category>Door</category>
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Door/Window sensor Gen2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Door &amp; Window Sensor fi
<parameter name="config_121_4_000000FF" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>121: command class to use for open/close</label>
<description><![CDATA[
parameter 4 (LSB)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set to 0 for no report</p> <p>Set to 1 for BATTERY report</p> <p>Set to 16 for SENSOR_BINARY report</p> <p>Set to 17 for SENSOR_BINARY and BATTERY</p>
parameter 4 (LSB)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Set to 0 for no report</p> <p>Set to 1 for BATTERY report</p> <p>Set to 16 for SENSOR_BINARY report</p> <p>Set to 17 for SENSOR_BINARY and BATTERY</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ parameter 4 (LSB)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set to 0 for no report</p> <p>Set to
<parameter name="config_121_4_0000FF00" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>121: command class to use for open/close</label>
<description><![CDATA[
see overview (parameter 3)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>set to 0 for no report</p> <p>set to 1 for BASIC report (default)</p>
see overview (parameter 3)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>set to 0 for no report</p> <p>set to 1 for BASIC report (default)</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>

6
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb45_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb45_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB45 Water Sensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Water Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Z-Wave Water Sensor is able to detect the accidental presence of water, from small leaks to large floods, making it the perfect emergency accessory for your smart home network. This smart water sensor will send radio signals up to 6 associated Z-Wave devices within your Z-Wave smart home network when the water probe detects water. The Aeotec Z-Wave Water Sensor is capable of detecting both the absence and presence of water at measurements as small as 0.03% of an inch.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>On the rear of your water sensor, remove the spacing tab to connect the batteries. Your water sensor's LED will blink for 8 seconds.</li> <li>Place your controller into Inclusion Mode.</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button on your water sensor. If it has been successfully added to your Z-Wve network, its LED will illuminate for 10 minutes, During this period your primary Z-Wave controller is able to configure your sensor</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Z-Wave button on your sensor.</li> <li>If your sensor has been successfully removed from your network, its LED will blink for 8 seconds. If the removal was unsuccessful the LED will be switched on for 8 seconds</li> </ol><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>To wake up the sensor, <em>don't</em> push the wake up button, as it does nothing.  Instead, tap the zwave button once.  Use wake up button to put back to sleep immediately.</p> <p>Press WakeUp button or hold z-wave button</p> <p>The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds after sending the wake up notification command.<br />The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds to waiting for the next command after receiving a command.<br />The Water Sensor will be woken up for 10 minutes when power is on (configurable).<br />There are 3 ways to exit the Wake up 10 minutes state:</p> <ol><li>Triple click the tamper switch, and the Water Sensor will sleep immediately</li> <li>Receive the “Wake up no more information CC” command , sleep right now;</li> <li>Receive the other command except “Wake up no more information CC” , the Water Sensor will wake up for 8 seconds and then go to sleep.</li> </ol>
Water Sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Z-Wave Water Sensor is able to detect the accidental presence of water, from small leaks to large floods, making it the perfect emergency accessory for your smart home network. This smart water sensor will send radio signals up to 6 associated Z-Wave devices within your Z-Wave smart home network when the water probe detects water. The Aeotec Z-Wave Water Sensor is capable of detecting both the absence and presence of water at measurements as small as 0.03% of an inch.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>On the rear of your water sensor, remove the spacing tab to connect the batteries. Your water sensor's LED will blink for 8 seconds.</li> <li>Place your controller into Inclusion Mode.</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave button on your water sensor. If it has been successfully added to your Z-Wve network, its LED will illuminate for 10 minutes, During this period your primary Z-Wave controller is able to configure your sensor</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Z-Wave button on your sensor.</li> <li>If your sensor has been successfully removed from your network, its LED will blink for 8 seconds. If the removal was unsuccessful the LED will be switched on for 8 seconds</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>To wake up the sensor, <em>don't</em> push the wake up button, as it does nothing.  Instead, tap the zwave button once.  Use wake up button to put back to sleep immediately.</p> <p>Press WakeUp button or hold z-wave button</p> <p>The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds after sending the wake up notification command.<br />The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds to waiting for the next command after receiving a command.<br />The Water Sensor will be woken up for 10 minutes when power is on (configurable).<br />There are 3 ways to exit the Wake up 10 minutes state:</p> <ol><li>Triple click the tamper switch, and the Water Sensor will sleep immediately</li> <li>Receive the “Wake up no more information CC” command , sleep right now;</li> <li>Receive the other command except “Wake up no more information CC” , the Water Sensor will wake up for 8 seconds and then go to sleep.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>Sensor</category>
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Water Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Z-Wave Water Sensor is able to
<parameter name="config_121_4_000000FF" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>121: Reports that will be sent</label>
<description><![CDATA[
configuration Value 4(LSB)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>See documentation for bytes</p> <p>Setting to 1 send BATTERY</p> <p>Setting to 16 sends SENSOR BINARY</p> <p>Setting to 17 sends SENSOR BINARY and BATTERY</p>
configuration Value 4(LSB)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>See documentation for bytes</p> <p>Setting to 1 send BATTERY</p> <p>Setting to 16 sends SENSOR BINARY</p> <p>Setting to 17 sends SENSOR BINARY and BATTERY</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ configuration Value 4(LSB)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>See documentation for bytes<
<parameter name="config_121_4_0000FF00" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>121: Parameter 121 Value 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See documentation<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>set to 1 sends BASIC SET</p> <p>set to 16 sends ALARM</p> <p>set to 17 sends ALARM and BASIC SET</p>
See documentation<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>set to 1 sends BASIC SET</p> <p>set to 16 sends ALARM</p> <p>set to 17 sends ALARM and BASIC SET</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsb54_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsb54_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSB54 Recessed Door/Window Sensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Recessed Door/Window Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec Recessed Door Sensor Gen5 has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave pair or inclusion mode.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor.</li> <li>If your Sensor has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will become solid for 2 seconds then disappear. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will continue to blink if you tap its button.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave unpair or exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully unlinked to your network, its LED will begin to blink for a short time. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will return to its last state. Tap the button to confirm if it has been unpaired, if unpaired successfully, the LED will blink when tapped.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Press and hold the Z-Wave button for 6 seconds</p>
Recessed Door/Window Sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec Recessed Door Sensor Gen5 has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave pair or inclusion mode.</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor.</li> <li>If your Sensor has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will become solid for 2 seconds then disappear. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will continue to blink if you tap its button.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave unpair or exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the Action Button on your Sensor.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully unlinked to your network, its LED will begin to blink for a short time. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will return to its last state. Tap the button to confirm if it has been unpaired, if unpaired successfully, the LED will blink when tapped.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Wakeup Information</h2><p>Press and hold the Z-Wave button for 6 seconds</p>
]]></description>
<category>Door</category>
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Recessed Door/Window Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec Recessed Door Sensor
<parameter name="config_255_2_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>255: Reset to default</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reset to the default configuration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1, Value=0x55555555、Default=1、Size=4<br />2, Value=0、Default=1、Size=1 Reset all configuration<br />parameters (except the parameter 254) to default settings.<br />3, Other values will be reserved.</p>
Reset to the default configuration<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>1, Value=0x55555555、Default=1、Size=4<br />2, Value=0、Default=1、Size=1 Reset all configuration<br />parameters (except the parameter 254) to default settings.<br />3, Other values will be reserved.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

8
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc06_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc06_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC06 Smart Energy Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Energy Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch is a Z-Wave appliance switch which can report wattage energy usage or kWh energy usage to a Z-Wave gateway. It can also be controlled by other Z-Wave devices to turn on/off to save electricity when appropriate.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the Smart Energy Switch into an outlet</li> <li>Put the controller in inclusion mode</li> <li>Press the button located between the LED</li> </ol><p>If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was not successfully included into any Z-Wave network, the LED will be blinking. If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the LED will either be on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off). </p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Put the controller in exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the button located between the LED</li> </ol><p>If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will be blinking. If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was not successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will either be on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off). </p>
Smart Energy Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch is a Z-Wave appliance switch which can report wattage energy usage or kWh energy usage to a Z-Wave gateway. It can also be controlled by other Z-Wave devices to turn on/off to save electricity when appropriate.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Plug the Smart Energy Switch into an outlet</li> <li>Put the controller in inclusion mode</li> <li>Press the button located between the LED</li> </ol><p>If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was not successfully included into any Z-Wave network, the LED will be blinking. If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the LED will either be on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off). </p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Put the controller in exclusion mode</li> <li>Press the button located between the LED</li> </ol><p>If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will be blinking. If the Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch was not successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will either be on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off). </p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Smart Energy Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Smart Energy Switch i
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Automatic Notifications</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable or disable automatic notifications<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p> (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)
Enable or disable automatic notifications<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p> (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Enable or disable automatic notifications<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables autom
min="0" max="65535">
<label>91: Minimum change in wattage</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Minimum change in wattage to trigger event<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
Minimum change in wattage to trigger event<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Minimum change in wattage to trigger event<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value he
min="0" max="100">
<label>92: Minimum change in wattage %</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Minimum change in wattage % to trigger event<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
Minimum change in wattage % to trigger event<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

8
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc08_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc08_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC08 Smart Energy Illuminator</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Energy Illuminator<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator is a Z-Wave light dimmer specifically used to enable Z-Wave commands and control (on/off/dim) a device that is connected to a standard Schuko Wall Outlet.</p> <p>It can also report immediate power consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. The wireless module is powered from the mains supply and is a three-wire design which requires a neutral connection. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the units operating status.</p> <p>The Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator can be plugged between every Standard-Schuko wall outlet and the electrical appliance with maximum load of 625W. To switch the plugged device on or off simply push the local button once or use a Z-Wave Controller. The status is shown by the status LED at the device</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>To include the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator with your Z-Wave controller simple bring it in the inclusion mode and click the Inclusion/Exclusion button at the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator once. If the Aeon Labs Micro Inline Smart Energy Illuminator was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off) after the button was last pressed.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>To exclude the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator with your Z-Wave controller simple bring it in the exclusion mode and click the Inclusion/Exclusion button at the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator once. </p>
Smart Energy Illuminator<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator is a Z-Wave light dimmer specifically used to enable Z-Wave commands and control (on/off/dim) a device that is connected to a standard Schuko Wall Outlet.</p> <p>It can also report immediate power consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. The wireless module is powered from the mains supply and is a three-wire design which requires a neutral connection. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the units operating status.</p> <p>The Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator can be plugged between every Standard-Schuko wall outlet and the electrical appliance with maximum load of 625W. To switch the plugged device on or off simply push the local button once or use a Z-Wave Controller. The status is shown by the status LED at the device</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>To include the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator with your Z-Wave controller simple bring it in the inclusion mode and click the Inclusion/Exclusion button at the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator once. If the Aeon Labs Micro Inline Smart Energy Illuminator was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off (depending on if the switch is on or off) after the button was last pressed.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>To exclude the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator with your Z-Wave controller simple bring it in the exclusion mode and click the Inclusion/Exclusion button at the Aeon Labs Inline Smart Energy Illuminator once. </p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Smart Energy Illuminator<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Inline Smart Ene
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Automatic Notifications</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p>
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>E
min="0" max="65535">
<label>91: Minimum change in wattage</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Minimum change in wattage for a REPORT to be sent.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
Minimum change in wattage for a REPORT to be sent.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>50</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Minimum change in wattage for a REPORT to be sent.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The
min="0" max="255">
<label>92: Minimum change in wattage %</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Minimum percent change in wattage for a REPORT to be sent.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
Minimum percent change in wattage for a REPORT to be sent.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc10_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc10_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC10 Heavy Duty Smart Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Heavy Duty Smart Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p><strong>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5.</strong></p> <p>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. It is powered by Aeotec’s Gen5 technology. </p> <p><br />To see whether Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 is known to be compatible with your Z-Wave system or not, please reference our Z-Wave gateway comparison listing. The technical specifications of Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5can be viewed at that link.</p> <p><strong>Familiarize</strong><strong> yourself with your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5.</strong></p> <p><strong>Action button:</strong> Used for Heavy Duty Smart Switch Z-Wave network inclusion and exclusion and to manually turn on or off.</p> <p><strong>Status LED:</strong> Indicates your Heavy Duty Smart Switch's status. (While unpaired, this LED will blink slowly constantly).</p> <p><strong>Terminals: </strong>There are two groups of terminals. As marked, mains power is to be connected to AC Power and the electric load to Load.</p> <p>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 current can not exceed 40 amps.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Your Heavy Duty Smart Switch must be paired with a Z-Wave network  before it can receive wireless commands or report the energy consumption of the attached electronics.</p> <p><strong> <br /></strong></p> <p><strong>Note: </strong>The LED on your Heavy Duty Smart Switch will blink if it is not currently paired with a Z-Wave network. </p> <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Turn off any devices connected to your Heavy Duty Smart Switch before adding or removing it to/from a Z-Wave network. This will help to prevent load damage. </p> <p><strong>Adding your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 to a Z-Wave network.</strong></p> <p><strong>Pairing your <strong>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5</strong> into your existing Z-Wave network.</strong></p> <p>1. Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave pair or inclusion mode. (Please refer to your controller/gateway manual on how to do this)</p> <p>2. Press the Action Button on your Switch.</p> <p>3. If your switch has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will no longer blink. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will continue to blink.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p><strong>Unpairing your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 from your existing Z-Wave network</strong></p> <p>1. Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave unpair or exclusion mode. (Please refer to your controller/gateway manual on how to do this)</p> <p>2. Press the Action Button on your Switch.</p> <p>3. If your switch has been successfully unlinked to your network, its LED will begin to blink. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will return to its last LED state.</p>
Heavy Duty Smart Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p><strong>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5.</strong></p> <p>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. It is powered by Aeotec’s Gen5 technology. </p> <p><br />To see whether Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 is known to be compatible with your Z-Wave system or not, please reference our Z-Wave gateway comparison listing. The technical specifications of Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5can be viewed at that link.</p> <p><strong>Familiarize</strong><strong> yourself with your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5.</strong></p> <p><strong>Action button:</strong> Used for Heavy Duty Smart Switch Z-Wave network inclusion and exclusion and to manually turn on or off.</p> <p><strong>Status LED:</strong> Indicates your Heavy Duty Smart Switch's status. (While unpaired, this LED will blink slowly constantly).</p> <p><strong>Terminals: </strong>There are two groups of terminals. As marked, mains power is to be connected to AC Power and the electric load to Load.</p> <p>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 current can not exceed 40 amps.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Your Heavy Duty Smart Switch must be paired with a Z-Wave network  before it can receive wireless commands or report the energy consumption of the attached electronics.</p> <p><strong> <br /></strong></p> <p><strong>Note: </strong>The LED on your Heavy Duty Smart Switch will blink if it is not currently paired with a Z-Wave network. </p> <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Turn off any devices connected to your Heavy Duty Smart Switch before adding or removing it to/from a Z-Wave network. This will help to prevent load damage. </p> <p><strong>Adding your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 to a Z-Wave network.</strong></p> <p><strong>Pairing your <strong>Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5</strong> into your existing Z-Wave network.</strong></p> <p>1. Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave pair or inclusion mode. (Please refer to your controller/gateway manual on how to do this)</p> <p>2. Press the Action Button on your Switch.</p> <p>3. If your switch has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will no longer blink. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will continue to blink.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p><strong>Unpairing your Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 from your existing Z-Wave network</strong></p> <p>1. Place your gateway or controller into Z-Wave unpair or exclusion mode. (Please refer to your controller/gateway manual on how to do this)</p> <p>2. Press the Action Button on your Switch.</p> <p>3. If your switch has been successfully unlinked to your network, its LED will begin to blink. If linking was unsuccessful, the LED will return to its last LED state.</p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Heavy Duty Smart Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p><strong>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Hea
min="0" max="1">
<label>3: Current Overload Protection</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Load will be closed when the Current more than 39.5A and the time more than 5 seconds.</p>
See overview<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Load will be closed when the Current more than 39.5A and the time more than 5 seconds.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

56
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc11_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc11_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC11 Smart Strip</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Smart Strip is a power board with 6 power points of which 4 can be wireless controlled. Customer can turn on/off their electrics when needed with manually operation or Z‐wave wireless control. Smart Strip has plenty of functions, for example the Over Current Protection and Surge Protection, these functions can efficiently protect people’s various electrics from damage.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap the Action Button.</p> <p>The Main (blue) LED will be on steady when successfully included.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap the Action Button.</p> <p>The Main (blue) LED will be flashing when successfully excluded.</p>
Smart Strip<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Smart Strip is a power board with 6 power points of which 4 can be wireless controlled. Customer can turn on/off their electrics when needed with manually operation or Z‐wave wireless control. Smart Strip has plenty of functions, for example the Over Current Protection and Surge Protection, these functions can efficiently protect people’s various electrics from damage.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Tap the Action Button.</p> <p>The Main (blue) LED will be on steady when successfully included.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Tap the Action Button.</p> <p>The Main (blue) LED will be flashing when successfully excluded.</p>
]]></description>
<category>LightBulb</category>
@ -104,12 +104,6 @@ Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Smart Strip is a power
<property name="binding:*:DecimalType">COMMAND_CLASS_METER:4;type=E_W</property>
</properties>
</channel>
<channel id="switch_binary5" typeId="switch_binary">
<label>Switch 5</label>
<properties>
<property name="binding:*:OnOffType">COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY:5,COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC:5</property>
</properties>
</channel>
<channel id="meter_kwh5" typeId="meter_kwh">
<label>Electric meter (kWh) 5</label>
<properties>
@ -122,12 +116,6 @@ Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Smart Strip is a power
<property name="binding:*:DecimalType">COMMAND_CLASS_METER:5;type=E_W</property>
</properties>
</channel>
<channel id="switch_binary6" typeId="switch_binary">
<label>Switch 6</label>
<properties>
<property name="binding:*:OnOffType">COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY:6,COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC:6</property>
</properties>
</channel>
<channel id="meter_kwh6" typeId="meter_kwh">
<label>Electric meter (kWh) 6</label>
<properties>
@ -179,7 +167,7 @@ Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeotec by Aeon Labs Smart Strip is a power
min="0" max="16">
<label>4: Selective Reporting</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable selective reporting only when power changes<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic.           </p>
Enable selective reporting only when power changes<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic.           </p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -189,7 +177,7 @@ Enable selective reporting only when power changes<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enab
min="0" max="60000">
<label>5: Wattage Threshold - Whole strip</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -199,7 +187,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>6: Wattage Threshold - Socket 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -209,7 +197,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>7: Wattage Threshold - Socket 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -219,7 +207,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>8: Wattage Threshold - Socket 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -229,7 +217,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>9: Wattage Threshold - Socket 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -239,7 +227,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>10: Wattage Threshold - Socket 5</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -249,7 +237,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="60000">
<label>11: Wattage Threshold - Socket 6</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-60000)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>25</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -259,7 +247,7 @@ Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="0" max="100">
<label>12: Percent Change - Whole Strip</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole Smart Strip). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole Smart Strip). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -269,7 +257,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>13: Percent Change - Socket 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -279,7 +267,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>14: Percent Change - Socket 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -289,7 +277,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>15: Percent Change - Socket 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -299,7 +287,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>16: Percent Change - Socket 4</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -309,7 +297,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>17: Percent Change - Socket 5</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -319,7 +307,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
min="0" max="100">
<label>18: Percent Change - Socket 6</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-100)           </p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -328,7 +316,7 @@ Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report<br /><h1>Overview</h1>
<parameter name="config_80_4" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Status of load changed report</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Status of load changed,send group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Status of load changed,send group 1 associate nodes Hail CC or Basic report CC.           </p>
Status of load changed,send group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Status of load changed,send group 1 associate nodes Hail CC or Basic report CC.           </p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<options>
@ -343,7 +331,7 @@ Status of load changed,send group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Status of load chan
min="0" max="65535">
<label>90: Get Temperature</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Get temperature of Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get temperature of Smart Strip (Only GET is valid)</p>
Get temperature of Smart Strip<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Get temperature of Smart Strip (Only GET is valid)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -361,7 +349,7 @@ Get temperature of Smart Strip<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get temperature of Smart
min="0" max="255">
<label>101: select channels to report consumtion as item 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 111.  This is the LSB</p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 111.  This is the LSB</p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -371,7 +359,7 @@ A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels<br /><h1>Overview</h1
min="0" max="255">
<label>101: Select channels to report power as item 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
A binary field to choose channels to report power<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 111. </p> <p><strong> examples:</strong></p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
A binary field to choose channels to report power<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 111. </p> <p><strong> examples:</strong></p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -381,7 +369,7 @@ A binary field to choose channels to report power<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choos
min="0" max="255">
<label>102: Item 2 (kWh)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Channel(s) to auto-report kWh<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 112.  This is the LSB</p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
Channel(s) to auto-report kWh<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 112.  This is the LSB</p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -391,7 +379,7 @@ Channel(s) to auto-report kWh<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or cha
min="0" max="255">
<label>102: Item 2 (power)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Channel(s) to auto-report wattage<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 112. </p> <p><strong> examples:</strong></p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
Channel(s) to auto-report wattage<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 112. </p> <p><strong> examples:</strong></p> <p> 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)</p> <p> 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)</p> <p> 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)</p> <p> 4 - report channel 2 wattage</p> <p>&lt;...&gt;</p> <p>14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1</p> <p> 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary</p> <p> etc.</p> <p> 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.</p> <p> The bit values are as follows:</p> <p> 1 - summary report</p> <p>2 - channel 1 report</p> <p>4 - channel 2 report</p> <p>8 - channel 3 report</p> <p>16 - channel 4 report</p> <p>32 - channel 5 report</p> <p>64 - channel 6 report</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

10
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc12_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc12_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC12 Micro Smart Energy Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Smart Energy Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SES is a binary power switch device based on Zwave enhanced slave library V5.02P3.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p>
Micro Smart Energy Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SES is a binary power switch device based on Zwave enhanced slave library V5.02P3.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Micro Smart Energy Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SES is a
<parameter name="config_90_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>90: Enable Automated sending of a Report</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="65535">
<label>101: Automatic reports for group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h
min="0" max="65535">
<label>102: Automatic reports for group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h
min="0" max="65535">
<label>103: Automatic reports for group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

10
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc13_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc13_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC13 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SEI is a scene multilevel switch device based on Zwave enhanced slave library V4.54.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p>
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SEI is a scene multilevel switch device based on Zwave enhanced slave library V4.54.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the button once.</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Micro Smart Energy Illuminator<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro SEI
min="0" max="65535">
<label>2: Blinking Behavior</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p>
See overview<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The LSB defines the total time the device
min="0" max="65535">
<label>101: Reports to send to Group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
See overview<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up
min="0" max="65535">
<label>102: Reports to send to Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
See overview<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up
min="0" max="65535">
<label>103: Reports to send to Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
See overview<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
See overview<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

10
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc14_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc14_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC14 Micro Motor Controller</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Motor Controller<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Motor Controller is a Motor Control Class C Specific Device which is connected with window rail to remote control curtain to any position that you want directly.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the Zwave button once.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the Zwave button once.</p>
Micro Motor Controller<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Motor Controller is a Motor Control Class C Specific Device which is connected with window rail to remote control curtain to any position that you want directly.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Click the Zwave button once.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Click the Zwave button once.</p>
]]></description>
<category>Blinds</category>
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Micro Motor Controller<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Motor Contro
<parameter name="config_90_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>90: Disable automated reporting</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disables automated sending of a Report triggered by minimum value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Disables Function of automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
Disables automated sending of a Report triggered by minimum value.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Disables Function of automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Disables automated sending of a Report triggered by minimum value.<br /><h1>Over
min="0" max="65535">
<label>101: reports to send automatically</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Bitmask of Group 1 reports<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
Bitmask of Group 1 reports<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Bitmask of Group 1 reports<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination n
min="0" max="65535">
<label>102: Which reports to send automatically to group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Bitmask of Group 2 reports<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
Bitmask of Group 2 reports<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Bitmask of Group 2 reports<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination n
min="0" max="65535">
<label>103: Bitmask of Group 3 reports</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports to send automatically to group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
Which reports to send automatically to group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values:</p> <ul><li>Wattage=4</li> <li>Current=2</li> <li>Voltage=1</li> </ul>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>

14
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc17_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc17_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC17 Micro Double Smart Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Double Smart Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Double SES is a power binary switch device based on Z-wave routing slave library V5.02 Patch3</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Toggle external button or push internal button.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Toggle external button 10 times in quick succession to initiate removing from the Z-Wave network or push internal button. </p>
Micro Double Smart Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Double SES is a power binary switch device based on Z-wave routing slave library V5.02 Patch3</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Toggle external button or push internal button.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Toggle external button 10 times in quick succession to initiate removing from the Z-Wave network or push internal button. </p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Micro Double Smart Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Double SE
min="0" max="65535">
<label>2: Blink</label>
<description><![CDATA[
This is a double byte value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value is set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p> <p>Configuration Value 1 is to Specify the time that Micro Double SES need blink, The unit is Second; Configuration Value 2 is to Specify the Cycle of on/off, the unit of it is 0.1 second. For example: if we set Configuration Value 1 to '15',Configuration Value 2 to '10',then Micro Double SES will open 0.5 second, close 0.5 second, and repeat for 14 times. </p>
This is a double byte value.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value is set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p> <p>Configuration Value 1 is to Specify the time that Micro Double SES need blink, The unit is Second; Configuration Value 2 is to Specify the Cycle of on/off, the unit of it is 0.1 second. For example: if we set Configuration Value 1 to '15',Configuration Value 2 to '10',then Micro Double SES will open 0.5 second, close 0.5 second, and repeat for 14 times. </p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ This is a double byte value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte valu
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Notification on Status Change</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed</p>
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>P
<parameter name="config_90_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="15">
<label>101: Automatic reports for group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h
min="0" max="15">
<label>102: Automatic reports for group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h
min="0" max="15">
<label>103: Automatic reports for group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

7
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc18_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc18_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC18 Micro Smart Energy Switch G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Smart Energy Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is a low-cost Z-Wave appliance module specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/ off) for existing in-wall switches. It can also report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>While the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is powered in a 3-wire system, the external switch/button can be toggled to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network. Or the internal button can be pushed to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network if the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not put into in-wall box. </p> <p>Troubleshooting:</p> <p>If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not successfully included into any Z-Wave network, the LED will continually blink slowly. If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off depending on if the switch is on or off. </p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>While the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is powered in a 3-wire system, the external switch/button can be toggled 10 times in quick succession to initiate removing from the Z-Wave network. Or the internal button can be pushed to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network if Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not put into in-wall box.</p> <p>Troubleshooting: If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was removed from the Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will be blinking. If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off depending on if the switch is on or off</p>
Micro Smart Energy Switch G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is a low-cost Z-Wave appliance module specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/ off) for existing in-wall switches. It can also report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>While the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is powered in a 3-wire system, the external switch/button can be toggled to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network. Or the internal button can be pushed to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network if the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not put into in-wall box. </p> <p>Troubleshooting:</p> <p>If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not successfully included into any Z-Wave network, the LED will continually blink slowly. If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was successfully included to a Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off depending on if the switch is on or off. </p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>While the Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 is powered in a 3-wire system, the external switch/button can be toggled 10 times in quick succession to initiate removing from the Z-Wave network. Or the internal button can be pushed to initiate pairing into the Z-Wave network if Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not put into in-wall box.</p> <p>Troubleshooting: If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was removed from the Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will be blinking. If the Aeotec Micro Smart Energy Switch G2 was not successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the Status Indication LED will either be solid on or off depending on if the switch is on or off</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Micro Smart Energy Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Micro Smart Ene
<property name="manufacturerId">0086</property>
<property name="manufacturerRef">0003:0012</property>
<property name="dbReference">278</property>
<property name="defaultAssociations">1,2</property>
<property name="defaultAssociations">1</property>
</properties>
<!-- CONFIGURATION DESCRIPTIONS -->
@ -194,6 +194,9 @@ Micro Smart Energy Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeotec Micro Smart Ene
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Target for automatic reports</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p><br /></p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

18
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc19_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc19_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC19 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Smart Dimmer (2nd Edition) is a scene multilevel switch device based on Z‐wave enhanced slave library V4.55.00.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Include Smart Dimmer into an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Install Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the Learning failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Remove Smart Switch from an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Installed Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐ input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the remove failed, please repeat the process from step 2</p>
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro Smart Dimmer (2nd Edition) is a scene multilevel switch device based on Z‐wave enhanced slave library V4.55.00.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Include Smart Dimmer into an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Install Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the Learning failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Remove Smart Switch from an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Installed Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐ input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the remove failed, please repeat the process from step 2</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Aeon Labs Micro S
min="0" max="65535">
<label>2: Make Micro Smart Dimmer 2nd Edition Blink</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p>
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Notification on Status Change</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Send load notification to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Dimmer's load changed</p>
Send load notification to associated devices<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Dimmer's load changed</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Send load notification to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter
<parameter name="config_90_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>90: Sending a Report triggered by min change of value</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="255">
<label>92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)</label>
<description><![CDATA[
The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value represents the minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.</p>
The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value represents the minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.</p>
]]></description>
<default>5</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.<br /><h1>Overview<
min="0" max="65535">
<label>101: Reports for Group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1<br /><h
min="0" max="65535">
<label>102: Reports for Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2<br /><h
min="0" max="65535">
<label>103: Reports for Group 3</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3<br /><h
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Target for automatic reports</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>According to the info in de nodeXX.xml file, this group doesn't exist for this device. - It doesn't work.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>According to the info in de nodeXX.xml file, this group doesn't exist for this device. - It doesn't work.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc24_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc24_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC24 Smart Energy Switch G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Energy Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>There are appliances that we turn on and off in our homes each day. And, despite the fact that it'd save us money, there are those that we could turn off if only it was easier. Aeotec by Aeon Labs’ Smart Switch (2nd Edition) and Switch (2nd Edition) package convenience, control and money saving considerations into one, small, plug-in tool. A tool that can be programmed, scheduled, controlled and communicated with from anywhere in the wor</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button on your switch.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will no longer blink. If the linking was unsuccessful the LED will continue to blink. </li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button on your switch.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully removed from your network, its LED will blink. If the removal was unsuccessful its LED will not blink</li> </ol>
Smart Energy Switch G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>There are appliances that we turn on and off in our homes each day. And, despite the fact that it'd save us money, there are those that we could turn off if only it was easier. Aeotec by Aeon Labs’ Smart Switch (2nd Edition) and Switch (2nd Edition) package convenience, control and money saving considerations into one, small, plug-in tool. A tool that can be programmed, scheduled, controlled and communicated with from anywhere in the wor</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button on your switch.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully linked to your network, its LED will no longer blink. If the linking was unsuccessful the LED will continue to blink. </li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button on your switch.</li> <li>If your switch has been successfully removed from your network, its LED will blink. If the removal was unsuccessful its LED will not blink</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Smart Energy Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>There are appliances that we tur
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Automatic Notifications</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p>
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc25_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc25_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC25 Smart Energy Illuminator G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Smart Energy Illuminator G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Plugin dimmer for a lamp</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button</li> <li>If successfully linked, the LED will no longer blink</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button</li> <li>If successfully removed, the LED will blink</li> </ol>
Smart Energy Illuminator G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Plugin dimmer for a lamp</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button</li> <li>If successfully linked, the LED will no longer blink</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press the Action Button</li> <li>If successfully removed, the LED will blink</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>

20
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc26_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc26_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC26 Micro Switch G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Relay based unit designed to be included inside a junction box to switch a load.  Supports external switch.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Push case button.</p> <p>External switch (if attached) can be toggled 10X quickly to include/exclude.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Push case button.</p> <p>External switch (if attached) can be toggled 10X quickly to include/exclude.</p>
Micro Switch G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Relay based unit designed to be included inside a junction box to switch a load.  Supports external switch.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Push case button.</p> <p>External switch (if attached) can be toggled 10X quickly to include/exclude.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Push case button.</p> <p>External switch (if attached) can be toggled 10X quickly to include/exclude.</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Micro Switch G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Relay based unit designed to be include
min="0" max="255">
<label>2: LED blink repeat</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Number of times LED should blink<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Number of ON-OFF cycles the LED should complete once set.</p>
Number of times LED should blink<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Number of ON-OFF cycles the LED should complete once set.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Number of times LED should blink<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Number of ON-OFF cycle
min="0" max="255">
<label>2: LED duty time</label>
<description><![CDATA[
length of time LED will blink on/off per cycle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>LED will turn on and off for this many tenths of a second once set.</p>
length of time LED will blink on/off per cycle<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>LED will turn on and off for this many tenths of a second once set.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ length of time LED will blink on/off per cycle<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>LED will
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Notification on Status Change</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Notification on Status Change<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Send notification to associated devices in Group 1 when device state changed locally.</p>
Notification on Status Change<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Send notification to associated devices in Group 1 when device state changed locally.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Notification on Status Change<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Send notification to asso
min="0" max="65535">
<label>101: Group 1 report values to send</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 1 report values to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
Group 1 report values to send<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
]]></description>
<default>4</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Group 1 report values to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the i
min="0" max="65535">
<label>102: Group 2 report variables to send</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 2 report variables to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
Group 2 report variables to send<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Group 2 report variables to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of th
min="0" max="65535">
<label>103: Group 3 report variables to send</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Group 3 report variables to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
Group 3 report variables to send<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of the individual parameters:<br /><br />KWH=8<br />Wattage=4<br />Current=2</p> <p>Voltage=1</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Group 3 report variables to send<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value is the sum of th
min="0" max="65535">
<label>250: CHECK AND DELETE ME formerly parameter 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
CHECK AND DELETE ME formerly parameter 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>(did I do this right for parameter 2?)</p>
CHECK AND DELETE ME formerly parameter 2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>CHECK ME!</p> <p>(did I do this right for parameter 2?)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ CHECK AND DELETE ME formerly parameter 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a doub
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Lifeline</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 1 will receive hail or basic report (see option 80) when the state of Micro Switch’s load changes.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Group 1 will receive hail or basic report (see option 80) when the state of Micro Switch’s load changes.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ CHECK AND DELETE ME formerly parameter 2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>This is a doub
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Retransmit</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When the Micro Switch receives the following commands, they will be forwarded to all Group 2 nodes:  Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Scene Activation Set.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When the Micro Switch receives the following commands, they will be forwarded to all Group 2 nodes:  Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Scene Activation Set.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

4
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc27_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc27_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC27 Micro Illuminator G2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Illuminator G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>It has long been thought that a house becomes a home when we make it reflect who we are, when we personalise it, when we fill it with objects we treasure. And all of that remains true, but it no longer needs to be just the objects we put in our home that personalises it. Like the music that gently fills the background of your favourite restaurant, Aeotec’s Micro Switches create the perfect ambiance for your home, and then some. They also give you the perfect control and the perfect, intelligent automation.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>press the "Action" button once</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>press the "Action" button once</p>
Micro Illuminator G2<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>It has long been thought that a house becomes a home when we make it reflect who we are, when we personalise it, when we fill it with objects we treasure. And all of that remains true, but it no longer needs to be just the objects we put in our home that personalises it. Like the music that gently fills the background of your favourite restaurant, Aeotec’s Micro Switches create the perfect ambiance for your home, and then some. They also give you the perfect control and the perfect, intelligent automation.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>press the "Action" button once</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>press the "Action" button once</p>
]]></description>
<category>PowerOutlet</category>
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Micro Illuminator G2<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>It has long been thought that a ho
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Notification on Status Change</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Send notification to Group 1 when the load has changed<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Dimmer's load changed</p>
Send notification to Group 1 when the load has changed<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Dimmer's load changed</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsc35_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsc35_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSC35 Micro Double Switch</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Micro Double Switch<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Micro Double Switch</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the Z-Wave button</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the Z-Wave button</p>
Micro Double Switch<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Micro Double Switch</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Press the Z-Wave button</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the Z-Wave button</p>
]]></description>
<category>WallSwitch</category>

6
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsd31_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsd31_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSD31 Outlet Plugable Siren</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Outlet Plugable Siren<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Siren is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced 232 slave library of V6.51.01. </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press and release the Action button. LED will blink for 3 seconds.</li> <li>If successfully included, LED will no longer blink after the Action button is quickly pressed.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press and release the Action button. </li> <li>If successfully removed, LED will blink for 3 seconds after the Action button is quickly pressed.</li> </ol>
Outlet Plugable Siren<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Siren is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced 232 slave library of V6.51.01. </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press and release the Action button. LED will blink for 3 seconds.</li> <li>If successfully included, LED will no longer blink after the Action button is quickly pressed.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Press and release the Action button. </li> <li>If successfully removed, LED will blink for 3 seconds after the Action button is quickly pressed.</li> </ol>
]]></description>
<category>Siren</category>
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Outlet Plugable Siren<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Siren is a switch binar
min="0" max="65535">
<label>37: Sirensound and Volume</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Sets the sound type and volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Value1(low byte) is used to select the Siren sound. The Value2(high byte) is used to adjust the volume. Other values will be ignored. 0 1  -&gt;   do not change the current sound.1 1  -&gt;   Siren sound 1 is selected.2 1  -&gt;   Siren sound 2 i</p>
Sets the sound type and volume<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>The Value1(low byte) is used to select the Siren sound. The Value2(high byte) is used to adjust the volume. Other values will be ignored. 0 1  -&gt;   do not change the current sound.1 1  -&gt;   Siren sound 1 is selected.2 1  -&gt;   Siren sound 2 i</p>
]]></description>
<default>13</default>
<advanced>true</advanced>
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Sets the sound type and volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>The Value1(low byte) is
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Send Notifications</label>
<description><![CDATA[
send notifications to associated devices<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable to send notifications to associated devices when the state of Siren changed.</p>
send notifications to associated devices<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable to send notifications to associated devices when the state of Siren changed.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>

2
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/dsd37_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_dsd37_00_000" listed="false">
<label>DSD37 Range Extender</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Range Extender<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Range Extender is a Z-Wave repeater device based on Z-Wave enhanced 232 slave library V6.51.08.</p> <p>It can extend the range of the communication between Z-Wave products and assist other devices to reach each other in your Z-Wave network.</p> <p>It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.</p> <p>It is also a security Z-Wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.  </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>For Non-Security Inclusion, Press the button one time.</p> <p>For Security Inclusion, Press the button two times</p> <p>If the inclusion is successful, its Network LED will be solid when you press the Action Button again.</p> <br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button one or two times.</p> <p>If the exclusion is successful, its Network LED will be colorful gradient status</p>
Range Extender<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Range Extender is a Z-Wave repeater device based on Z-Wave enhanced 232 slave library V6.51.08.</p> <p>It can extend the range of the communication between Z-Wave products and assist other devices to reach each other in your Z-Wave network.</p> <p>It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.</p> <p>It is also a security Z-Wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.  </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>For Non-Security Inclusion, Press the button one time.</p> <p>For Security Inclusion, Press the button two times</p> <p>If the inclusion is successful, its Network LED will be solid when you press the Action Button again.</p> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Press the button one or two times.</p> <p>If the exclusion is successful, its Network LED will be colorful gradient status</p>
]]></description>
<category>Sensor</category>

28
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/zw056_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_zw056_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZW056 Doorbell</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Doorbell<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Doorbell is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced slave library V6.51.06.</p> <p>The Doorbell supports playing MP3 music files with a press of this doorbell. It has a 16MB flash memory that can store up to 100 ringtones. The volume can be adjusted manually via short press on the Volume Button, also you can switch the doorbell sound to the next via long press on the Volume Button. You may change/update your doorbell ringtone at any point in time you want by connecting your Doorbell to your PC to update the sound track on your Doorbell’s flash memory. </p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Action Button.</li> <li>If the inclusion is failed, please repeat the process from step 2. </li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Action Button.</li> <li>If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol><p>Note: If Doorbell is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default. </p>
Doorbell<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Doorbell is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced slave library V6.51.06.</p> <p>The Doorbell supports playing MP3 music files with a press of this doorbell. It has a 16MB flash memory that can store up to 100 ringtones. The volume can be adjusted manually via short press on the Volume Button, also you can switch the doorbell sound to the next via long press on the Volume Button. You may change/update your doorbell ringtone at any point in time you want by connecting your Doorbell to your PC to update the sound track on your Doorbell’s flash memory. </p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Action Button.</li> <li>If the inclusion is failed, please repeat the process from step 2. </li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><ol><li>Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Action Button.</li> <li>If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol><p>Note: If Doorbell is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default. </p>
]]></description>
<category>Door</category>
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Doorbell<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Doorbell is a switch binary device b
min="0" max="100">
<label>2: Repetitions of ringtone</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone. <br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Value=1 to 255, the range of repetition is 1 to 100.   Value =0, ignore. Note: If the time of playing doorbell ringtone is more than 20s, the volume of ringtone will reduce to silence no matter how many repetitions of doorbell ringtone are set. </p>
Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone. <br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Value=1 to 255, the range of repetition is 1 to 100.   Value =0, ignore. Note: If the time of playing doorbell ringtone is more than 20s, the volume of ringtone will reduce to silence no matter how many repetitions of doorbell ringtone are set. </p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone. <br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Va
min="0" max="100">
<label>6: Ringtone to play</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set a ringtone to play. Default=0<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set this to any ringtone (1-100) to have it play that ringtone.</p>
Set a ringtone to play. Default=0<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Set this to any ringtone (1-100) to have it play that ringtone.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Set a ringtone to play. Default=0<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set this to any ringt
<parameter name="config_7_1_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>7: Control items</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Control current output<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Control items: Value=1, play Value=2, stop Value=3, pause Value=4, Next Value=5, Previous Other, ignore</p>
Control current output<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Control items: Value=1, play Value=2, stop Value=3, pause Value=4, Next Value=5, Previous Other, ignore</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Control current output<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Control items: Value=1, play Val
<parameter name="config_10_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>10: Define button- and button+ action</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Define functions of “Button ‐”  and “Button+”.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0:  button- is previous, button+ is next</p> <p>1:  button- is next, button+ is previous</p>
Define functions of “Button ‐”  and “Button+”.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>0:  button- is previous, button+ is next</p> <p>1:  button- is next, button+ is previous</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Define functions of “Button ‐”  and “Button+”.<br /><h1>Overview</h
<parameter name="config_11_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>11: Define long press button- and button+</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Define short/long button presses<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0: short pressing changes volume, long pressing changes<br />default ringtone.<br />1: long pressing changes volume, short pressing changes<br />default ringtone.</p>
Define short/long button presses<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>0: short pressing changes volume, long pressing changes<br />default ringtone.<br />1: long pressing changes volume, short pressing changes<br />default ringtone.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Define short/long button presses<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0: short pressing chan
<parameter name="config_42_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>42: Get wireless button battery status</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Alert for low battery<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0x00:  normal battery level</p> <p>0xff:  low battery level</p> <p>set 0x00:  cancel low battery alert</p>
Alert for low battery<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>0x00:  normal battery level</p> <p>0xff:  low battery level</p> <p>set 0x00:  cancel low battery alert</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Alert for low battery<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0x00:  normal battery level</p>
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Enable Notifications</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1)<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Doorbell is changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)</p>
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1)<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Doorbell is changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1)<br /><h1>Overview</h
<parameter name="config_81_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>81: Enable/disable battery group notification</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group<br />1) when the Wireless Button’s battery is in low battery state<br />(0=nothing, 1=Configuration report 0x2A)</p>
Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group<br />1) when the Wireless Button’s battery is in low battery state<br />(0=nothing, 1=Configuration report 0x2A)</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disab
min="0" max="4294967295">
<label>241: Pair doorbell with button</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Starts wireless button pairing mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Wireless Button with Doorbell.<br />Value=0x55555555, Start the Wireless Button pairing mode and<br />the blue Led will blink slowly, short press the Wireless Button<br />once, if the blue Led change to be solid, which means the pairing<br />is successful. Otherwise, repeat the steps.<br />It will automatically exit the pairing mode after 8s if there is no<br />pressing action of the Wireless Button.<br />Note:<br />You can send this configuration Get CC to ask the pairing result:<br />If configuration report value=0x00000000, which means the<br />pairing is failed.<br />If configuration report value =0xFFFFFFFF, which means the<br />pairing is successful.<br /></p>
Starts wireless button pairing mode<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Wireless Button with Doorbell.<br />Value=0x55555555, Start the Wireless Button pairing mode and<br />the blue Led will blink slowly, short press the Wireless Button<br />once, if the blue Led change to be solid, which means the pairing<br />is successful. Otherwise, repeat the steps.<br />It will automatically exit the pairing mode after 8s if there is no<br />pressing action of the Wireless Button.<br />Note:<br />You can send this configuration Get CC to ask the pairing result:<br />If configuration report value=0x00000000, which means the<br />pairing is failed.<br />If configuration report value =0xFFFFFFFF, which means the<br />pairing is successful.<br /></p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
</parameter>
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Starts wireless button pairing mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Wireless B
min="0" max="1">
<label>252: Lock configuration</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Lock configuration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0:  config not locked</p> <p>1:  config locked</p>
Lock configuration<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>0:  config not locked</p> <p>1:  config locked</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Lock configuration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>0:  config not locked</p> <p>1:  c
min="0" max="4294967295">
<label>255: Reset</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Reset to factory settings<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1. Size=0x01， Configuration Value=0x00:<br />Reset configuration setting.<br />2. Size=0x04， Configuration Value=0x55555555:<br />Reset Factory setting.</p>
Reset to factory settings<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>1. Size=0x01， Configuration Value=0x00:<br />Reset configuration setting.<br />2. Size=0x04， Configuration Value=0x55555555:<br />Reset Factory setting.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Reset to factory settings<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1. Size=0x01， Configuration
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of Doorbell (trigger to turn on/off the rington<br />e ) is changed:<br />1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0： Reserved (Default).<br />2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1： Send Hail CC.<br />3. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: Send the Basic<br />Report.</p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of Doorbell (trigger to turn on/off the rington<br />e ) is changed:<br />1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0： Reserved (Default).<br />2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1： Send Hail CC.<br />3. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: Send the Basic<br />Report.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Reset to factory settings<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>1. Size=0x01， Configuration
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Forward basic set</label>
<description><![CDATA[
<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel<br />Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change,<br />Switch Multilevel Set, Scene Activation Set to associated<br />nodes in Group 2 when the Doorbell receives the Basic Set,<br />Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change,<br />Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set,<br />Scene Activation Set commands from main controller.<br /></p>
<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel<br />Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change,<br />Switch Multilevel Set, Scene Activation Set to associated<br />nodes in Group 2 when the Doorbell receives the Basic Set,<br />Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change,<br />Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set,<br />Scene Activation Set commands from main controller.<br /></p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

52
_thing_types/org.openhab.binding.zwave/src/main/resources/OH-INF/thing/aeon/zw062_0_0.xml
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
<thing-type id="aeon_zw062_00_000" listed="false">
<label>ZW062 Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller is a smart and wireless Garage Door Control system, you can control the garage door to open, close, or stop moving via wireless signal on your gateway client or phone application.</p> <p>The Garage Door Controller allows you to configure different alarm sounds to indicate the door ’s action.</p> <p>Each action alarm sound can be customized. To change or update new alarm sounds for the Garage Door Controller, connect the Garage Door Controller to your PC host with a USB cable and download your sound files to the flash memory (128 MB) of the Garage Door Controller.</p> <p>It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.</p> <p>It is also a security Z-wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.</p> <br /><h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Add Garage Door Controller into Z-Wave Network:</p> <ol><li>Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave Button.</li> </ol><br /><h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Remove Garage Door Controller from Z-Wave Network:</p> <ol><li>Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave Button.</li> <li>If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol><p>Note: If Garage Door Controller is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default.</p>
Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller is a smart and wireless Garage Door Control system, you can control the garage door to open, close, or stop moving via wireless signal on your gateway client or phone application.</p> <p>The Garage Door Controller allows you to configure different alarm sounds to indicate the door ’s action.</p> <p>Each action alarm sound can be customized. To change or update new alarm sounds for the Garage Door Controller, connect the Garage Door Controller to your PC host with a USB cable and download your sound files to the flash memory (128 MB) of the Garage Door Controller.</p> <p>It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.</p> <p>It is also a security Z-wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.</p> <br /> <h2>Inclusion Information</h2><p>Add Garage Door Controller into Z-Wave Network:</p> <ol><li>Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave Button.</li> </ol> <br /> <h2>Exclusion Information</h2><p>Remove Garage Door Controller from Z-Wave Network:</p> <ol><li>Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.</li> <li>Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).</li> <li>Press the Z-Wave Button.</li> <li>If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.</li> </ol><p>Note: If Garage Door Controller is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default.</p>
]]></description>
<category>GarageDoor</category>
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Aeon Labs Garage
min="1" max="100">
<label>32: Startup ringtone</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configure the default startup ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the default startup ringtone.</p> <p>Value=0, disable the Startup ringtone.<br />Value=others, Enable and select a startup ringtone for the Garage Door Controller.</p>
Configure the default startup ringtone<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the default startup ringtone.</p> <p>Value=0, disable the Startup ringtone.<br />Value=others, Enable and select a startup ringtone for the Garage Door Controller.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Configure the default startup ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the de
<parameter name="config_34_1_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>34: Sensor Calibration</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Perform Sensor Calibration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Sensor Calibration.</p> <p><br />Calibration Steps:</p> <ol><li>Let the garage door move to full close position.</li> <li>Send this parameter (0x22) with “value=1” to Garage Door Controller.</li> <li>Let the garage door move to full open position.</li> <li>Let the garage door move to full close position after the step 3 is completed.</li> </ol><p>After the step 4 is completed, all calibration steps are complete.</p> <p>Note: This process should be implemented when the Garage Door Controller just only has one Sensor is installed on the garage door.</p>
Perform Sensor Calibration<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Sensor Calibration.</p> <p><br />Calibration Steps:</p> <ol><li>Let the garage door move to full close position.</li> <li>Send this parameter (0x22) with “value=1” to Garage Door Controller.</li> <li>Let the garage door move to full open position.</li> <li>Let the garage door move to full close position after the step 3 is completed.</li> </ol><p>After the step 4 is completed, all calibration steps are complete.</p> <p>Note: This process should be implemented when the Garage Door Controller just only has one Sensor is installed on the garage door.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Perform Sensor Calibration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Sensor Calibration.</p> <p><
min="1" max="255">
<label>35: Calibration timout</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.</p>
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.</p>
]]></description>
<default>60</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><
min="1" max="100">
<label>36: Number of alarm musics</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Get the number of alarm musics<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the numbers of alarm music.</p>
Get the number of alarm musics<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the numbers of alarm music.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Get the number of alarm musics<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the numbers of alarm
<parameter name="config_37_4_000000FF" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>37: Disable opening alarm</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable opening alarm<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. <br />Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.</p>
Disable opening alarm<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. <br />Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Disable opening alarm<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the
min="1" max="10">
<label>37: Opening alarm volume</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Opening alarm volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).</p>
Opening alarm volume<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Opening alarm volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the
min="1" max="4">
<label>37: Opening alarm choice</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Alarm mode when the garage door is opening<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).</p>
Alarm mode when the garage door is opening<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Alarm mode when the garage door is opening<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure th
min="1" max="10">
<label>37: Opening alarm LED mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Opening alarm LED mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.</p>
Opening alarm LED mode<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.</p> <p>Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.</p>
]]></description>
<default>10</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Opening alarm LED mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when th
<parameter name="config_38_4_000000FF" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>38: Disable closing alarm</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Disable closing alarm<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt.<br />Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.</p>
Disable closing alarm<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt.<br />Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<options>
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Disable closing alarm<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the
min="1" max="10">
<label>38: Closing alarm volume</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Closing alarm volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).</p>
Closing alarm volume<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).</p>
]]></description>
<default>8</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Closing alarm volume<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the
min="1" max="4">
<label>38: Closing alarm choice</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Alarm mode when the garage door is closing<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).</p>
Alarm mode when the garage door is closing<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Alarm mode when the garage door is closing<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure th
min="1" max="10">
<label>38: Closing alarm LED mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Closing alarm LED mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.</p>
Closing alarm LED mode<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.</p> <p>Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.</p>
]]></description>
<default>6</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Closing alarm LED mode<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configure the alarm mode when th
min="0" max="4294967295">
<label>39: Unknown state alarm mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in<br />"unknown" state:<br />1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm<br />LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum<br />frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.<br />2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound<br />saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).<br />3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10<br />levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10</p> <p>levels).<br />4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the<br />alarm prompt.</p> <p>default values:</p> <p>Value1=4<br />Value2=3<br />Value3=8<br />Value4=0</p>
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in<br />"unknown" state:<br />1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm<br />LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum<br />frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.<br />2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound<br />saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).<br />3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10<br />levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10</p> <p>levels).<br />4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the<br />alarm prompt.</p> <p>default values:</p> <p>Value1=4<br />Value2=3<br />Value3=8<br />Value4=0</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state<br /><h1>Ove
min="0" max="4294967295">
<label>40: Closed alarm mode</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in<br />"closed" state:<br />1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm<br />LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum<br />frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.<br />2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound<br />saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).<br />3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10<br />levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).<br />4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the<br />alarm prompt.</p> <p>default values:</p> <p>Value1=2<br />Value2=4<br />Value3=8<br />Value4=0</p>
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in<br />"closed" state:<br />1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm<br />LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum<br />frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.<br />2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound<br />saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).<br />3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10<br />levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).<br />4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the<br />alarm prompt.</p> <p>default values:</p> <p>Value1=2<br />Value2=4<br />Value3=8<br />Value4=0</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position.<br /><h1>Ov
min="0" max="255">
<label>41: Tamper switch configuration</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configuration report for the tamper switch State<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration report for the tamper switch state:<br />1, Value=0x00: Sensor is not removed<br />2, Value=0x0F: Sensor is removed</p> <p><br />Note:<br />1. The Garage Door Controller will send this configuration report to gateway controller or associated nodes automatically if the Sensor is removed.<br />2. You can send the value=0x55555555 of this parameter to controller to relieve the alarm state.</p>
Configuration report for the tamper switch State<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration report for the tamper switch state:<br />1, Value=0x00: Sensor is not removed<br />2, Value=0x0F: Sensor is removed</p> <p><br />Note:<br />1. The Garage Door Controller will send this configuration report to gateway controller or associated nodes automatically if the Sensor is removed.<br />2. You can send the value=0x55555555 of this parameter to controller to relieve the alarm state.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Configuration report for the tamper switch State<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Config
min="0" max="16">
<label>42: Battery state</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor:<br />1, Value=0x00: battery power is nominal.<br />2, Value=0x0F: battery power of Sensor is in low battery.<br />It will report the battery power state to associated nodes automatically when the battery power is in low battery.</p>
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor:<br />1, Value=0x00: battery power is nominal.<br />2, Value=0x0F: battery power of Sensor is in low battery.<br />It will report the battery power state to associated nodes automatically when the battery power is in low battery.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Co
<parameter name="config_43_1_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>43: Play or Pause ringtone</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone:<br />1, Value=255, stop playing ringtone.<br />2, Value=1 to 100, start playing the ringtone that you selected.</p>
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone:<br />1, Value=255, stop playing ringtone.<br />2, Value=1 to 100, start playing the ringtone that you selected.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Start playin
<parameter name="config_44_1_wo" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>44: Ringtone test volume</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Set volume for test of ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Test the volume of the current ringtone.</p> <p>Value=1 to value=10, which map to the volume level 1 to level 10.</p>
Set volume for test of ringtone<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Test the volume of the current ringtone.</p> <p>Value=1 to value=10, which map to the volume level 1 to level 10.</p>
]]></description>
<default>1</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Set volume for test of ringtone<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Test the volume of the
min="0" max="500">
<label>45: Temperature</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Get the environment temperature<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the environment temperature:<br />The temperature value contains one decimal point. E.g. If the report value=252, the temperature is 25.2 °C .<br />Range is 0 to 500 (0 to 50.0 °C ).</p>
Get the environment temperature<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the environment temperature:<br />The temperature value contains one decimal point. E.g. If the report value=252, the temperature is 25.2 °C .<br />Range is 0 to 500 (0 to 50.0 °C ).</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<limitToOptions>false</limitToOptions>
@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Get the environment temperature<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Get the environment tem
<parameter name="config_47_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>47: Button definition</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Define the function of Button- or Button+.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Define the function of Button- or Button+.<br />Value=0, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next.<br />Value=1, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound.</p>
Define the function of Button- or Button+.<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Define the function of Button- or Button+.<br />Value=0, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next.<br />Value=1, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Define the function of Button- or Button+.<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Define the f
<parameter name="config_80_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>80: Door state change report type</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Configure the door state change report type<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>It will send the Hail CC/configuration report CC when the state of garage door is changed:</p> <p>1, Value=0 , reserved.<br /> 2, Value=1 , send Hail CC<br /> 3, Value=2 , send Barrier operator report CC</p>
Configure the door state change report type<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>It will send the Hail CC/configuration report CC when the state of garage door is changed:</p> <p>1, Value=0 , reserved.<br /> 2, Value=1 , send Hail CC<br /> 3, Value=2 , send Barrier operator report CC</p>
]]></description>
<default>2</default>
<options>
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Configure the door state change report type<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>It will sen
<parameter name="config_241_4" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>241: Pair the Sensor</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller.</p> <p>Send Configuration Set:<br />Value=0x55555501, which will trigger to start the pairing of Sensor (installed on the top of the garage door), at this time, the Network LED on the Garage Door Controller will blink slowly and then short press Tamper Switch back of the Sensor.<br />If pairing is successful, the Network LED will stop blinking and the Garage Door Controller will send the configuration report with value=0x01FF to primary controller/gateway. Otherwise, repeat the operation.</p> <p>Note:<br />1. If you do not press the Tamper Switch when starting the pairing mode, the pairing status will keep for 8 second and then exit the pairing status automatically.<br />2. The Sensor has been paired with the Garage Door Controller after factory.</p>
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller.</p> <p>Send Configuration Set:<br />Value=0x55555501, which will trigger to start the pairing of Sensor (installed on the top of the garage door), at this time, the Network LED on the Garage Door Controller will blink slowly and then short press Tamper Switch back of the Sensor.<br />If pairing is successful, the Network LED will stop blinking and the Garage Door Controller will send the configuration report with value=0x01FF to primary controller/gateway. Otherwise, repeat the operation.</p> <p>Note:<br />1. If you do not press the Tamper Switch when starting the pairing mode, the pairing status will keep for 8 second and then exit the pairing status automatically.<br />2. The Sensor has been paired with the Garage Door Controller after factory.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Pair the Se
<parameter name="config_252_1" type="integer" groupName="configuration">
<label>252: Lock Configuration</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Enable/disable configuration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable configuration<br />1, Value=0 : Enable.<br />2, Value=1 : Disable.</p>
Enable/disable configuration<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable configuration<br />1, Value=0 : Enable.<br />2, Value=1 : Disable.</p>
]]></description>
<default>0</default>
<options>
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Enable/disable configuration<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Enable/disable configurati
<parameter name="group_1" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>1: Group 1</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Position status changed<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of load (position status) is changed:</p> <p>1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0 : Reserved (Default).<br />2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1 : Send Hail CC.<br />3, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: send Barrier operator report CC.</p>
Position status changed<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of load (position status) is changed:</p> <p>1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0 : Reserved (Default).<br />2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1 : Send Hail CC.<br />3, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: send Barrier operator report CC.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>
@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Position status changed<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>When the state of load (positio
<parameter name="group_2" type="text" groupName="association" multiple="true">
<label>2: Group 2</label>
<description><![CDATA[
Forward the Basic Set<br /><h1>Overview</h1><p>Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Garage Door Controller receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands from main controller.</p>
Forward the Basic Set<br /> <h1>Overview</h1><p>Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Garage Door Controller receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands from main controller.</p>
]]></description>
<multipleLimit>5</multipleLimit>
</parameter>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More